Թուեր / Numbers - 14 |

Text:
< PreviousԹուեր - 14 Numbers - 14Next >


jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
This chapter gives us an account of that fatal quarrel between God and Israel upon which, for their murmuring and unbelief, he swore in his wrath that they should not enter into his rest. Here is, I. The mutiny and rebellion of Israel against God, upon the report of the evil spies, ver. 1-4. II. The fruitless endeavour of Moses and Aaron, Caleb and Joshua, to still the tumult, ver. 5-10. III. Their utter ruin justly threatened by an offended God, ver. 11, 12. IV. The humble intercession of Moses for them, ver. 13-19. V. A mitigation of the sentence in answer to the prayer of Moses; they shall not all be cut off, but the decree goes forth ratified with an oath, published to the people, again and again repeated, that this whole congregation should perish in the wilderness, and none of them enter Canaan but Caleb and Joshua only, ver. 20-35. VI. The present death of the evil spies, ver. 36-39. VII. The rebuke given to those who attempted to go forward notwithstanding, ver. 40-45. And this is written for our admonition, that we "fall not after the same example of unbelief."
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The whole congregation weep at the account brought by the spies, Num 14:1. They murmur, Num 14:2, Num 14:3; and propose to make themselves a captain, and go back to Egypt, Num 14:4. Moses and Aaron are greatly affected, Num 14:5. Joshua and Caleb endeavor to appease and encourage the people, Num 14:6-9. The congregation are about to stone them, Num 14:10. The glory of the Lord appears, and he is about to smite the rebels with the pestilence, Num 14:11, Num 14:12. Moses makes a long and pathetic intercession in their behalf, Num 14:13-19. The Lord hears and forbears to punish, Num 14:20; but purposes that not one of that generation shall enter into the promised land save Joshua and Caleb, Num 14:21-24. Moses is commanded to turn and get into the wilderness by way of the Red Sea, Num 14:25. The Lord repeats his purpose that none of that generation shall enter into the promised land - that their carcasses shall fall in the wilderness, and that their children alone, with Joshua and Caleb, shall possess the land of the Canaanites, etc., Num 14:26-32. As many days as they have searched the land shall they wander years in the desert, until they shall be utterly consumed, Num 14:33-35. All the spies save Joshua and Caleb die by a plague, Num 14:36-38. Moses declares God's purpose to the people, at which they are greatly affected, Num 14:39. They acknowledge their sin, and purpose to go up at once and possess the land, Num 14:40. Moses cautions them against resisting the purpose of God, Num 14:41-43. They, notwithstanding, presume to go, but Moses and the ark abide in the camp, Num 14:44. The Amalekites and Canaanites come down from the mountains, and defeat them, Num 14:45.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Num 14:1, The people murmur at the news; Num 14:6, Joshua and Caleb labour to still them; v. 11, God threatens them; v. 13, Moses intercedes with God, and obtains pardon; v. 26, The murmurers are debarred from entering into the land; v. 36, The men who raised the evil report die by a plague; v. 40, The people that would invade the land against the will of God are smitten.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO NUMBERS 14
This chapter treats or the murmurings of the children of Israel upon the evil report of the spies, which greatly distressed Moses and Aaron, Num 14:1; and of the endeavours of Joshua and Caleb to quiet the minds of the people with a good account of the land, and of the easy conquest of it, but to no purpose, Num 14:6; and of the Lord's threatening to destroy the people with the pestilence, Num 14:11; and of the intercession of Moses for them, which so far succeeded as to prevent their immediate destruction, Num 14:13; nevertheless they are assured again and again, in the strongest terms, that none of them but Joshua and Caleb should enter into the land, but their carcasses should fall in the wilderness, even all the murmurers of twenty years old and upwards, Num 14:21; and the ten men that brought the evil report of the good land died of a plague immediately, but the other two lived, Num 14:36; and the body of the people that attempted to go up the mountain and enter the land were smitten and discomfited by their enemies, after they had with concern heard what the Lord threatened them with, Num 14:39.
14:114:1: Եւ ձա՛յն բարձին ամենայն ժողովուրդն, եւ ելա՛ց ազգն զգիշերն զայն ողջոյն.
1 Ամբողջ ժողովուրդը աղաղակ բարձրացրեց ու լաց եղաւ այդ ամբողջ գիշեր:
14 Եւ բոլոր ժողովուրդը ձայնը վերցնելով աղաղակեց ու լացաւ այն գիշերը։
Եւ ձայն բարձին ամենայն ժողովուրդն, եւ ելաց ազգն զգիշերն [216]զայն ողջոյն:

14:1: Եւ ձա՛յն բարձին ամենայն ժողովուրդն, եւ ելա՛ց ազգն զգիշերն զայն ողջոյն.
1 Ամբողջ ժողովուրդը աղաղակ բարձրացրեց ու լաց եղաւ այդ ամբողջ գիշեր:
14 Եւ բոլոր ժողովուրդը ձայնը վերցնելով աղաղակեց ու լացաւ այն գիշերը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:11: И подняло все общество вопль, и плакал народ во [всю] ту ночь;
14:1 καὶ και and; even ἀναλαβοῦσα αναλαμβανω take up; take along πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit φωνήν φωνη voice; sound καὶ και and; even ἔκλαιεν κλαιω weep; cry ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population ὅλην ολος whole; wholly τὴν ο the νύκτα νυξ night ἐκείνην εκεινος that
14:1 וַ wa וְ and תִּשָּׂא֙ ttiśśˌā נשׂא lift כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ֣ hˈā הַ the עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּתְּנ֖וּ yyittᵊnˌû נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] קֹולָ֑ם qôlˈām קֹול sound וַ wa וְ and יִּבְכּ֥וּ yyivkˌû בכה weep הָ hā הַ the עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the לַּ֥יְלָה llˌaylā לַיְלָה night הַ ha הַ the הֽוּא׃ hˈû הוּא he
14:1. igitur vociferans omnis turba flevit nocte illaTherefore the whole multitude crying wept that night.
1. And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the people wept that night.
14:1. And so, crying out, the entire crowd wept throughout that night.
14:1. And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the people wept that night.
And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the people wept that night:

1: И подняло все общество вопль, и плакал народ во [всю] ту ночь;
14:1
καὶ και and; even
ἀναλαβοῦσα αναλαμβανω take up; take along
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
φωνήν φωνη voice; sound
καὶ και and; even
ἔκλαιεν κλαιω weep; cry
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
ὅλην ολος whole; wholly
τὴν ο the
νύκτα νυξ night
ἐκείνην εκεινος that
14:1
וַ wa וְ and
תִּשָּׂא֙ ttiśśˌā נשׂא lift
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּתְּנ֖וּ yyittᵊnˌû נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
קֹולָ֑ם qôlˈām קֹול sound
וַ wa וְ and
יִּבְכּ֥וּ yyivkˌû בכה weep
הָ הַ the
עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
לַּ֥יְלָה llˌaylā לַיְלָה night
הַ ha הַ the
הֽוּא׃ hˈû הוּא he
14:1. igitur vociferans omnis turba flevit nocte illa
Therefore the whole multitude crying wept that night.
14:1. And so, crying out, the entire crowd wept throughout that night.
14:1. And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the people wept that night.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1: The Murmuring of the Israelites.B. C. 1490.
1 And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the people wept that night. 2 And all the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: and the whole congregation said unto them, Would God that we had died in the land of Egypt! or would God we had died in this wilderness! 3 And wherefore hath the LORD brought us unto this land, to fall by the sword, that our wives and our children should be a prey? were it not better for us to return into Egypt? 4 And they said one to another, Let us make a captain, and let us return into Egypt.
Here we see what mischief the evil spies made by their unfair representation. We may suppose that these twelve that were impanelled to enquire concerning Canaan had talked it over among themselves before they brought in their report in public; and Caleb and Joshua, it is likely, had done their utmost to bring the rest over to be of their mind, and if they would but have agreed that Caleb, according to his pose, should have spoken for them all, as their foreman, all had been well; but the evil spies, it should seem, wilfully designed to raise this mutiny, purely in opposition to Moses and Aaron, though they could not propose any advantage to themselves by it, unless they hoped to be captains and commanders of the retreat into Egypt they were now meditating. But what came of it? Here in these verses we find those whom they studied to humour put into a vexation, and, before the end of the chapter, brought to ruin. Observe,
I. How the people fretted themselves: They lifted up their voices and cried (v. 1); giving credit to the report of the spies rather than to the word of God, and imagining their condition desperate, they laid the reins on the neck of their passions, and could keep no manner of temper. Like foolish froward children, they fall a crying, yet know not what they cry for. It would have been time enough to cry out when the enemy had beaten up their quarters, and they had seen the sons of Anak at the gate of their camp; but those that cried when nothing hurt them deserved to have something given them to cry for. And, as if all had been already gone, they sat down and wept that night. Note, Unbelief, or distrust of God, is a sin that is its own punishment. Those that do not trust God are continually vexing themselves. The world's mourners are more than God's, and the sorrow of the world worketh death.
II. How they flew in the face of their governors--murmured against Moses and Aaron, and in them reproached the Lord, v. 2, 3. The congregation of elders began the discontent (v. 1), but the contagion soon spread through the whole camp, for the children of Israel murmured. Jealousies and discontents spread like wildfire among the unthinking multitude, who are easily taught to despise dominions, and to speak evil of dignities. 1. They look back with a causeless discontent. They wish that they had died in Egypt with the first-born that were slain there, or in the wilderness with those that lately died of the plague for lusting. See the prodigious madness of unbridled passions, which make men prodigal even of that which nature accounts most dear, life itself. Never were so many months spent so pleasantly as these which they had spent since they came out of Egypt, loaded with honours, compassed with favours, and continually entertained with something or other that was surprising; and yet, as if all these things had not made it worth their while to live, they wished they had died in Egypt. And such a light opinion they had of God's tremendous judgments executed on their neighbours for their sin that they wished they had shared with them in their plagues, rather than run the hazard of making a descent upon Canaan. They wish rather to die criminals under God's justice than live conquerors in his favour. Some read it, O that we had died in Egypt, or in the wilderness! O that we might die! They wish to die, for fear of dying; and have not sense enough to reason as the poor lepers, when rather than die upon the spot they ventured into an enemy's camp, If they kill us, we shall but die, 2 Kings vii. 4. How base were the spirits of these degenerate Israelites, who, rather than die (if it come to the worst) like soldiers on the bed of honour, with their swords in their hands, desire to die like rotten sheep in the wilderness. 2. They look forward with a groundless despair, taking it for granted (v. 3) that if they went on they must fall by the sword, and pretend to lay the cause of their fear upon the great care they had for their wives and children, who, they conclude, will be a prey to the Canaanites. And here is a most wicked blasphemous reflection upon God himself, as if he had brought them hither on purpose that they might fall by the sword, and that their wives and children, those poor innocents, should be a prey. Thus do they, in effect, charge that God who is love itself with the worst of malice, and eternal Truth with the basest hypocrisy, suggesting that all the kind things he had said to them, and done for them, hitherto, were intended only to decoy them into a snare, and to cover a secret design carried on all along to ruin them. Daring impudence! But what will not that tongue speak against heaven that is set on fire of hell? The devil keeps up his interest in the hearts of men by insinuating to them ill thoughts of God, as if he desired the death of sinners, and delighted in the hardships and sufferings of his own servants, whereas he knows his thoughts to us-ward (whether we know them so or no) to be thoughts of good, and not of evil, Jer. xxix. 11.
III. How they came at last to this desperate resolve, that, instead of going forward to Canaan, they would go back again to Egypt. The motion is first made by way of query only (v. 3): Were it not better for us to return into Egypt? But the ferment being high, and the spirits of the people being disposed to entertain any thing that was perverse, it soon ripened to a resolution, without a debate (v. 4): Let us make a captain and return to Egypt; and it is lamented long after (Neh. ix. 17) that in their rebellion they appointed a captain to return to their bondage; for they knew Moses would not be their captain in this retreat. Now, 1. It was the greatest folly in the world to wish themselves in Egypt, or to think that if they were there it would be better with them than it was. If they durst not go forward to Canaan, yet better be as they were than go back to Egypt. What did they want? What had they to complain of? They had plenty, and peace, and rest, were under a good government, had good company, had the tokens of God's presence with them, and enough to make them easy even in the wilderness, if they had but hearts to be content. But whither were they thus eager to go to better themselves? To Egypt! Had they so soon forgotten the sore bondage they were in there? Would they be again under the tyranny of their taskmasters, and at the drudgery of making brick? And, after all the plagues which Egypt had suffered for their sakes, could they expect any better treatment there than they had formerly, and not rather much worse? In how little time (not a year and a half) have they forgotten all the sighs of their bondage, and all the songs of their deliverance! Like brute-beasts, they mind only what is present, and their memories, with the other powers of reason, are sacrificed to their passions. See Ps. cvi. 7. We find it threatened (Deut. xxviii. 68), as the completing of their misery, that they should be brought into Egypt again, and yet this is what they here wish for. Sinners are enemies to themselves; and those that walk not in God's counsels consult their own mischief and ruin. 2. It was a most senseless ridiculous thing to talk of returning thither through the wilderness. Could they expect that God's cloud would lead them or his manna attend them? And, if they did not, the thousands of Israel must unavoidably be lost and perish in the wilderness. Suppose the difficulties of conquering Canaan were as great as they imagined, those of returning to Egypt were much greater. In this let us see, (1.) The folly of discontent and impatience under the crosses of our outward condition. We are uneasy at that which is, complain of our place and lot, and we would shift; but is there any place or condition in this world that has not something in it to make us uneasy if we are disposed to be so? The way to better our condition is to get our spirits into a better frame; and instead of asking, "Were it not better to go to Egypt?" ask, "Were it not better to be content, and make the best of that which is?" (2.) The folly of apostasy from the ways of God. Heaven is the Canaan set before us, a land flowing with milk and honey; those that bring up ever so ill a report of it cannot but say that it is indeed a good land, only it is hard to get to it. Strict and serious godliness is looked upon as an impracticable thing, and this deters many who began well from going on; rather than undergo the imaginary hardships of a religious life, they run themselves upon the certain fatal consequences of a sinful course; and so they transcribe the folly of Israel, who, when they were within a step of Canaan, would make a captain, and return to Egypt.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:1: Cried; and - wept that night - In almost every case this people gave deplorable evidence of the degraded state of their minds. With scarcely any mental firmness, and with almost no religion, they could bear no reverses, and were ever at their wit's end. They were headstrong, presumptuous, pusillanimous, indecisive, and fickle. And because they were such, therefore the power and wisdom of God appeared the more conspicuously in the whole of their history.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:1: Num 11:1-4; Deu 1:45
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:1
Uproar among the People. - Num 14:1-4. This appalling description of Canaan had so depressing an influence upon the whole congregation (cf. Deut 1:28 : they "made their heart melt," i.e., threw them into utter despair), that they raised a loud cry, and wept in the night in consequence. The whole nation murmured against Moses and Aaron their two leaders, saying "Would that we had died in Egypt or in this wilderness! Why will Jehovah bring us into this land, to fall by the sword, that our wives and our children should become a prey (be made slaves by the enemy; cf. Deut 1:27-28)? Let us rather return into Egypt! We will appoint a captain, they said one to another, and go back to Egypt."
Geneva 1599
14:1 And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the (a) people wept that night.
(a) Those who were afraid at the report of the ten spies.
John Gill
14:1 And all the congregation lifted up their voice and cried,.... This is not to be understood of every individual in the congregation of Israel, but of the princes, heads, and elders of the people that were with Moses and Aaron when the report of the spies was made; though indeed the report might quickly spread throughout the body of the people, and occasion a general outcry, which was very loud and clamorous, and attended with all the signs of distress imaginable, in shrieks and tears and lamentations:
and the people wept that night: perhaps throughout the night; could get no sleep nor rest all the night, but spent it in weeping and crying, at the thought of their condition and circumstances, and the disappointments they had met with, as they conceived, of entering into and possessing the land.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:1 THE PEOPLE MURMUR AT THE SPIES' REPORT. (Num. 14:1-45)
all the congregation lifted up their voice and cried--Not literally all, for there were some exceptions.
14:214:2: եւ տրտնջեա՛ց ժողովուրդն զՄովսիսէ եւ զԱհարոնէ ամենայն որդւովքն Իսրայէլի։ Եւ ասէ ցնոսա ամենայն ժողովուրդն. Լա՛ւ էր եթէ մեռեալ էաք յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց. կամ թէ աստէն յանապատի՛ աստ իսկ մեռանէաք[1307]. [1307] Ոմանք. Ամենայն որդւովն Իսրայէլի. եւ ոմանք. Ամենայն որդիքն Իսրայէլի։
2 Բոլոր իսրայէլացիները տրտնջացին Մովսէսից ու Ահարոնից եւ ասացին. «Աւելի լաւ կը լինէր Եգիպտացիների երկրում մեռած լինէինք կամ հէնց այստեղ՝ անապատում մեռնէինք:
2 Իսրայէլի բոլոր որդիները տրտնջեցին Մովսէսին ու Ահարոնին դէմ ու բոլոր ժողովուրդը ըսաւ անոնց. «Երանի՜ թէ Եգիպտոսի երկրին մէջ մեռած ըլլայինք. կամ երանի՜ թէ այս անապատին մէջ մեռած ըլլայինք։
Եւ տրտնջեաց ժողովուրդն`` զՄովսիսէ եւ զԱհարոնէ, ամենայն որդիքն Իսրայելի. եւ ասէ ցնոսա ամենայն ժողովուրդն. Լաւ էր եթէ մեռեալ էաք յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց. կամ թէ աստէն յանապատի աստ իսկ մեռանէաք:

14:2: եւ տրտնջեա՛ց ժողովուրդն զՄովսիսէ եւ զԱհարոնէ ամենայն որդւովքն Իսրայէլի։ Եւ ասէ ցնոսա ամենայն ժողովուրդն. Լա՛ւ էր եթէ մեռեալ էաք յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց. կամ թէ աստէն յանապատի՛ աստ իսկ մեռանէաք[1307].
[1307] Ոմանք. Ամենայն որդւովն Իսրայէլի. եւ ոմանք. Ամենայն որդիքն Իսրայէլի։
2 Բոլոր իսրայէլացիները տրտնջացին Մովսէսից ու Ահարոնից եւ ասացին. «Աւելի լաւ կը լինէր Եգիպտացիների երկրում մեռած լինէինք կամ հէնց այստեղ՝ անապատում մեռնէինք:
2 Իսրայէլի բոլոր որդիները տրտնջեցին Մովսէսին ու Ահարոնին դէմ ու բոլոր ժողովուրդը ըսաւ անոնց. «Երանի՜ թէ Եգիպտոսի երկրին մէջ մեռած ըլլայինք. կամ երանի՜ թէ այս անապատին մէջ մեռած ըլլայինք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:22: и роптали на Моисея и Аарона все сыны Израилевы, и все общество сказало им: о, если бы мы умерли в земле Египетской, или умерли бы в пустыне сей!
14:2 καὶ και and; even διεγόγγυζον διαγογγυζω keep muttering ἐπὶ επι in; on Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs καὶ και and; even Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even εἶπαν επω say; speak πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the συναγωγή συναγωγη gathering ὄφελον οφελον obliged ἀπεθάνομεν αποθνησκω die ἐν εν in γῇ γη earth; land Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos ἢ η or; than ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness ταύτῃ ουτος this; he εἰ ει if; whether ἀπεθάνομεν αποθνησκω die
14:2 וַ wa וְ and יִּלֹּ֨נוּ֙ yyillˈōnû לון murmur עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon מֹשֶׁ֣ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses וְ wᵊ וְ and עַֽל־ ʕˈal- עַל upon אַהֲרֹ֔ן ʔahᵃrˈōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וַֽ wˈa וְ and יֹּאמְר֨וּ yyōmᵊrˌû אמר say אֲלֵהֶ֜ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the עֵדָ֗ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering לוּ־ lû- לוּ if only מַ֨תְנוּ֙ mˈaṯnû מות die בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt אֹ֛ו ʔˈô אֹו or בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּ֥ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this לוּ־ lû- לוּ if only מָֽתְנוּ׃ mˈāṯᵊnû מות die
14:2. et murmurati sunt contra Mosen et Aaron cuncti filii Israhel dicentesAnd all the children of Israel murmured against Moses and Aaron, saying:
2. And all the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: and the whole congregation said unto them, Would God that we had died in the land of Egypt! or would God we had died in this wilderness!
14:2. And all the sons of Israel were murmuring against Moses and Aaron, saying:
14:2. And all the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: and the whole congregation said unto them, Would God that we had died in the land of Egypt! or would God we had died in this wilderness!
And all the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: and the whole congregation said unto them, Would God that we had died in the land of Egypt! or would God we had died in this wilderness:

2: и роптали на Моисея и Аарона все сыны Израилевы, и все общество сказало им: о, если бы мы умерли в земле Египетской, или умерли бы в пустыне сей!
14:2
καὶ και and; even
διεγόγγυζον διαγογγυζω keep muttering
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
καὶ και and; even
Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
εἶπαν επω say; speak
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
συναγωγή συναγωγη gathering
ὄφελον οφελον obliged
ἀπεθάνομεν αποθνησκω die
ἐν εν in
γῇ γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
η or; than
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
εἰ ει if; whether
ἀπεθάνομεν αποθνησκω die
14:2
וַ wa וְ and
יִּלֹּ֨נוּ֙ yyillˈōnû לון murmur
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
מֹשֶׁ֣ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַֽל־ ʕˈal- עַל upon
אַהֲרֹ֔ן ʔahᵃrˈōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron
כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יֹּאמְר֨וּ yyōmᵊrˌû אמר say
אֲלֵהֶ֜ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
עֵדָ֗ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering
לוּ־ lû- לוּ if only
מַ֨תְנוּ֙ mˈaṯnû מות die
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
אֹ֛ו ʔˈô אֹו or
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֥ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this
לוּ־ lû- לוּ if only
מָֽתְנוּ׃ mˈāṯᵊnû מות die
14:2. et murmurati sunt contra Mosen et Aaron cuncti filii Israhel dicentes
And all the children of Israel murmured against Moses and Aaron, saying:
14:2. And all the sons of Israel were murmuring against Moses and Aaron, saying:
14:2. And all the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: and the whole congregation said unto them, Would God that we had died in the land of Egypt! or would God we had died in this wilderness!
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:2: murmured: Num 16:41; Exo 15:24, Exo 16:2, Exo 16:3, Exo 17:3; Deu 1:27; Psa 106:24, Psa 106:45; Co1 10:10; Phi 2:14, Phi 2:15; Jde 1:16
Would: Num 14:28, Num 14:29, Num 11:15; Kg1 19:4; Job 3:11, Job 7:15, Job 7:16; Jon 4:3, Jon 4:8
John Gill
14:2 And all the children of Israel murmured against Moses, and against Aaron,.... They being the instruments of bringing them out of Egypt, and conducting them hither:
and the whole congregation said unto them; some of them, the rest assenting to it by their cries and tears and gestures:
would God we had died in the land of Egypt; and then what they left behind they thought might have come into the hands of their children or relations; but now they concluded it would become a prey to the Canaanites:
or would God we had died in this wilderness; the wilderness of Paran, at Taberah, where many of them had been destroyed by fire, Num 11:1, and now they wish they had perished with them.
John Wesley
14:2 Against Moses and Aaron - As the instruments and occasions of their present calamity. That we had died in this wilderness - It was not long before they had their desire, and did die in the wilderness.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:2 Would God that we had died in Egypt--Such insolence to their generous leaders, and such base ingratitude to God, show the deep degradation of the Israelites, and the absolute necessity of the decree that debarred that generation from entering the promised land [Num 14:29-35]. They were punished by their wishes being granted to die in that wilderness [Heb 3:17; Jude 1:5]. A leader to reconduct them to Egypt is spoken of (Neh 9:17) as actually nominated. The sinfulness and insane folly of their conduct are almost incredible. Their conduct, however, is paralleled by too many among us, who shrink from the smallest difficulties and rather remain slaves to sin than resolutely try to surmount the obstacles that lie in their way to the Canaan above.
14:314:3: եւ ընդէ՞ր տանիցի զմեզ Տէր յերկիրն յայն անկանել մեզ պատերազմաւ. եւ կանայք մեր եւ որդիք մեր լինիցին ՚ի յափշտակութիւն. եւ արդ լա՛ւ իցէ մեզ դառնալ անդրէն յԵգիպտոս։
3 Ինչո՞ւ է Տէրը մեզ տանում այդ երկիրը, որպէսզի պատերազմում ընկնենք, իսկ մեր կանայք ու մեր զաւակները յափշտակուեն: Արդ, աւելի լաւ է վերադառնանք Եգիպտոս»:
3 Ինչո՞ւ համար Տէրը մեզ այս երկիրը բերաւ, որ սրով իյնանք եւ մեր կիներն ու մեր որդիները յափշտակուին։ Աղէկ չ’ը՞լլար որ Եգիպտոս դառնանք»։
Եւ ընդէ՞ր [217]տանիցի զմեզ Տէր յերկիրն յայն`` անկանել մեզ պատերազմաւ, եւ կանայք մեր եւ որդիք մեր լինիցին ի յափշտակութիւն. եւ արդ լաւ իցէ մեզ դառնալ անդրէն յԵգիպտոս:

14:3: եւ ընդէ՞ր տանիցի զմեզ Տէր յերկիրն յայն անկանել մեզ պատերազմաւ. եւ կանայք մեր եւ որդիք մեր լինիցին ՚ի յափշտակութիւն. եւ արդ լա՛ւ իցէ մեզ դառնալ անդրէն յԵգիպտոս։
3 Ինչո՞ւ է Տէրը մեզ տանում այդ երկիրը, որպէսզի պատերազմում ընկնենք, իսկ մեր կանայք ու մեր զաւակները յափշտակուեն: Արդ, աւելի լաւ է վերադառնանք Եգիպտոս»:
3 Ինչո՞ւ համար Տէրը մեզ այս երկիրը բերաւ, որ սրով իյնանք եւ մեր կիներն ու մեր որդիները յափշտակուին։ Աղէկ չ’ը՞լլար որ Եգիպտոս դառնանք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:33: и для чего Господь ведет нас в землю сию, чтобы мы пали от меча? жены наши и дети наши достанутся в добычу [врагам]; не лучше ли нам возвратиться в Египет?
14:3 καὶ και and; even ἵνα ινα so; that τί τις.1 who?; what? κύριος κυριος lord; master εἰσάγει εισαγω lead in; bring in ἡμᾶς ημας us εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ταύτην ουτος this; he πεσεῖν πιπτω fall ἐν εν in πολέμῳ πολεμος battle αἱ ο the γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife ἡμῶν ημων our καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the παιδία παιδιον toddler; little child ἔσονται ειμι be εἰς εις into; for διαρπαγήν διαρπαγη now; present οὖν ουν then βέλτιον βελτιων us ἐστιν ειμι be ἀποστραφῆναι αποστρεφω turn away; alienate εἰς εις into; for Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
14:3 וְ wᵊ וְ and לָמָ֣ה lāmˈā לָמָה why יְ֠הוָה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH מֵבִ֨יא mēvˌî בוא come אֹתָ֜נוּ ʔōṯˈānû אֵת [object marker] אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֤רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the זֹּאת֙ zzōṯ זֹאת this לִ li לְ to נְפֹּ֣ל nᵊppˈōl נפל fall בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the חֶ֔רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger נָשֵׁ֥ינוּ nāšˌênû אִשָּׁה woman וְ wᵊ וְ and טַפֵּ֖נוּ ṭappˌēnû טַף [those unable to march] יִהְי֣וּ yihyˈû היה be לָ lā לְ to בַ֑ז vˈaz בַּז spoiling הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] לֹ֧וא lˈô לֹא not טֹ֦וב ṭˈôv טֹוב good לָ֖נוּ lˌānû לְ to שׁ֥וּב šˌûv שׁוב return מִצְרָֽיְמָה׃ miṣrˈāyᵊmā מִצְרַיִם Egypt
14:3. utinam mortui essemus in Aegypto et non in hac vasta solitudine utinam pereamus et non inducat nos Dominus in terram istam ne cadamus gladio et uxores ac liberi nostri ducantur captivi nonne melius est reverti in AegyptumWould God that we had died in Egypt: and would God we may die in this vast wilderness, and that the Lord may not bring us into this land, lest we fall by the sword, and our wives and children be led away captives. Is it not better to return into Egypt?
3. And wherefore doth the LORD bring us unto this land, to fall by the sword? Our wives and our little ones shall be a prey: were it not better for us to return into Egypt?
14:3. “If only we had died in Egypt,” and, “If only we would perish in this vast wilderness,” and, “May the Lord not lead us into this land, lest we fall by the sword, and our wives, as well as our children, be led away as captives. Is it not better to return to Egypt?”
14:3. And wherefore hath the LORD brought us unto this land, to fall by the sword, that our wives and our children should be a prey? were it not better for us to return into Egypt?
And wherefore hath the LORD brought us unto this land, to fall by the sword, that our wives and our children should be a prey? were it not better for us to return into Egypt:

3: и для чего Господь ведет нас в землю сию, чтобы мы пали от меча? жены наши и дети наши достанутся в добычу [врагам]; не лучше ли нам возвратиться в Египет?
14:3
καὶ και and; even
ἵνα ινα so; that
τί τις.1 who?; what?
κύριος κυριος lord; master
εἰσάγει εισαγω lead in; bring in
ἡμᾶς ημας us
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ταύτην ουτος this; he
πεσεῖν πιπτω fall
ἐν εν in
πολέμῳ πολεμος battle
αἱ ο the
γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife
ἡμῶν ημων our
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
παιδία παιδιον toddler; little child
ἔσονται ειμι be
εἰς εις into; for
διαρπαγήν διαρπαγη now; present
οὖν ουν then
βέλτιον βελτιων us
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἀποστραφῆναι αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
εἰς εις into; for
Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
14:3
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לָמָ֣ה lāmˈā לָמָה why
יְ֠הוָה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
מֵבִ֨יא mēvˌî בוא come
אֹתָ֜נוּ ʔōṯˈānû אֵת [object marker]
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֤רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּאת֙ zzōṯ זֹאת this
לִ li לְ to
נְפֹּ֣ל nᵊppˈōl נפל fall
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
חֶ֔רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
נָשֵׁ֥ינוּ nāšˌênû אִשָּׁה woman
וְ wᵊ וְ and
טַפֵּ֖נוּ ṭappˌēnû טַף [those unable to march]
יִהְי֣וּ yihyˈû היה be
לָ לְ to
בַ֑ז vˈaz בַּז spoiling
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
לֹ֧וא lˈô לֹא not
טֹ֦וב ṭˈôv טֹוב good
לָ֖נוּ lˌānû לְ to
שׁ֥וּב šˌûv שׁוב return
מִצְרָֽיְמָה׃ miṣrˈāyᵊmā מִצְרַיִם Egypt
14:3. utinam mortui essemus in Aegypto et non in hac vasta solitudine utinam pereamus et non inducat nos Dominus in terram istam ne cadamus gladio et uxores ac liberi nostri ducantur captivi nonne melius est reverti in Aegyptum
Would God that we had died in Egypt: and would God we may die in this vast wilderness, and that the Lord may not bring us into this land, lest we fall by the sword, and our wives and children be led away captives. Is it not better to return into Egypt?
14:3. “If only we had died in Egypt,” and, “If only we would perish in this vast wilderness,” and, “May the Lord not lead us into this land, lest we fall by the sword, and our wives, as well as our children, be led away as captives. Is it not better to return to Egypt?”
14:3. And wherefore hath the LORD brought us unto this land, to fall by the sword, that our wives and our children should be a prey? were it not better for us to return into Egypt?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:3: the Lord: Psa 78:40; Jer 9:3
our wives: Num 14:31, Num 14:32
Geneva 1599
14:3 And wherefore hath the LORD brought us unto this land, to fall by the sword, that our wives and our children should be (b) a prey? were it not better for us to return into Egypt?
(b) To our enemies the Canaanites.
John Gill
14:3 Wherefore hath the Lord brought us unto this land,.... Unto the borders of it: their murmuring did not cease at Moses and Aaron, the instruments, but proceeded against God himself, who had done such wonderful things for them, not only in bringing them out of Egypt, but since they had been in the wilderness; and yet so ungrateful to complain of him and argue with him about favours bestowed on them, as if they were injuries done to them; and particularly as if God had no other intention in bringing them out of Egypt to the place where they were, but
to fall by the sword: the sword of the Canaanites, as the Targum of Jonathan adds:
that our wives and our children shall be a prey? to the same people; they supposed they should be killed, their wives abused, and their children made slaves of:
were it not better for us to return into Egypt? and so escape the hands of the inhabitants of Canaan, of whom they had terrible apprehensions from the report made of them.
John Wesley
14:3 The Lord - From instruments they rise higher, and strike at God the cause and author of their journey: by which we see the prodigious growth and progress of sin when it is not resisted. A prey - To the Canaanites whose land we were made to believe we should possess.
14:414:4: Եւ ասէ այր ցընկեր. Արասցո՛ւք զօրավար, եւ դարձցո՛ւք յԵգիպտոս։
4 Նրանք իրար ասացին. «Հրամանատար ընտրենք եւ Եգիպտոս վերադառնանք»:
4 Իրարու ըսին. «Մեզի զօրագլուխ մը ընտրենք ու Եգիպտոս դառնանք»։
Եւ ասէ այր ցընկեր. Արասցուք զօրավար, եւ դարձցուք յԵգիպտոս:

14:4: Եւ ասէ այր ցընկեր. Արասցո՛ւք զօրավար, եւ դարձցո՛ւք յԵգիպտոս։
4 Նրանք իրար ասացին. «Հրամանատար ընտրենք եւ Եգիպտոս վերադառնանք»:
4 Իրարու ըսին. «Մեզի զօրագլուխ մը ընտրենք ու Եգիպտոս դառնանք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:44: И сказали друг другу: поставим себе начальника и возвратимся в Египет.
14:4 καὶ και and; even εἶπαν επω say; speak ἕτερος ετερος different; alternate τῷ ο the ἑτέρῳ ετερος different; alternate δῶμεν διδωμι give; deposit ἀρχηγὸν αρχηγος original; originator καὶ και and; even ἀποστρέψωμεν αποστρεφω turn away; alienate εἰς εις into; for Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
14:4 וַ wa וְ and יֹּאמְר֖וּ yyōmᵊrˌû אמר say אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אָחִ֑יו ʔāḥˈiʸw אָח brother נִתְּנָ֥ה nittᵊnˌā נתן give רֹ֖אשׁ rˌōš רֹאשׁ head וְ wᵊ וְ and נָשׁ֥וּבָה nāšˌûvā שׁוב return מִצְרָֽיְמָה׃ miṣrˈāyᵊmā מִצְרַיִם Egypt
14:4. dixeruntque alter ad alterum constituamus nobis ducem et revertamur in AegyptumAnd they said one to another: Let us appoint a captain, and let us return into Egypt.
4. And they said one to another, Let us make a captain, and let us return into Egypt.
14:4. And they said to one another, “Let us appoint our leader, and so return to Egypt.”
14:4. And they said one to another, Let us make a captain, and let us return into Egypt.
And they said one to another, Let us make a captain, and let us return into Egypt:

4: И сказали друг другу: поставим себе начальника и возвратимся в Египет.
14:4
καὶ και and; even
εἶπαν επω say; speak
ἕτερος ετερος different; alternate
τῷ ο the
ἑτέρῳ ετερος different; alternate
δῶμεν διδωμι give; deposit
ἀρχηγὸν αρχηγος original; originator
καὶ και and; even
ἀποστρέψωμεν αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
εἰς εις into; for
Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
14:4
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּאמְר֖וּ yyōmᵊrˌû אמר say
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אָחִ֑יו ʔāḥˈiʸw אָח brother
נִתְּנָ֥ה nittᵊnˌā נתן give
רֹ֖אשׁ rˌōš רֹאשׁ head
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָשׁ֥וּבָה nāšˌûvā שׁוב return
מִצְרָֽיְמָה׃ miṣrˈāyᵊmā מִצְרַיִם Egypt
14:4. dixeruntque alter ad alterum constituamus nobis ducem et revertamur in Aegyptum
And they said one to another: Let us appoint a captain, and let us return into Egypt.
14:4. And they said to one another, “Let us appoint our leader, and so return to Egypt.”
14:4. And they said one to another, Let us make a captain, and let us return into Egypt.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:4: Let us make a captain - Here was a formal renunciation of the authority of Moses, and flat rebellion against God. And it seems from Neh 9:17 that they had actually appointed another leader, under whose direction they were about to return to Egypt. How astonishing is this! Their lives were made bitter, because of the rigor with which they were made to serve in the land of Egypt; and yet they are willing, yea eager, to get back into the same circumstances again! Great evils, when once some time past, affect the mind less than present ills, though much inferior. They had partly forgot their Egyptian bondage, and now smart under a little discouragement, having totally lost sight of their high calling, and of the power and goodness of God.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:4: Deu 17:16, Deu 28:68; Neh 9:16, Neh 9:17; Luk 17:32; Act 7:39; Heb 10:38, Heb 10:39, Heb 11:15; Pe2 2:21, Pe2 2:22
John Gill
14:4 And they said one to another, let us make a captain,.... An head over them instead of Moses, who they knew would never take the government and care of them, should they resolve to return to Egypt as they proposed, and besides were now so disaffected to him, that they might not care he should. Captains they had over their several tribes, but they chose to have one chief commander and general over them all; Nehemiah says they did appoint one; which they either actually did, or this proposal was interpreted as if really put in execution, they being so desirous of it, and bent upon it; wherefore their will is taken for the deed, and so understood; see Neh 9:17,
and let us return into Egypt: which was downright madness, as some interpreters have justly observed; they must not only expect to be deserted by Moses, through whose means so many miracles had been wrought for them, and who was so wise and faithful a governor of them; and by Aaron their priest, who offered their sacrifices, and prayed for them, and blessed them; and by such a valiant general as Joshua, who had fought for them against their enemies; but by the Lord himself, so that they could not expect the manna to be continued as food for them, nor the pillar of cloud and fire as a guide unto them, nor to be protected from their enemies, on the borders of whose countries they must pass; so that their destruction in the wilderness seemed inevitable; and if they could have surmounted these and other difficulties, what manner of reception could they expect to find in Egypt, on whose account all the firstborn of man and beast among them were slain, whom they had spoiled of their riches, and whose king and his army, and in it perhaps the, flower of the nation, were drowned in the Red sea, for their sakes? What therefore could they think of, if they had any sober thought at all, but utter ruin, should they return there again?
John Wesley
14:4 A captain - Instead of Moses, one who will be more faithful to our interest than he. Into Egypt - Stupendous madness! Whence should they have protection against the hazards, and provision against all the wants of the wilderness? Could they expect either God's cloud to cover and guide them, or Manna from heaven to feed them? Who could conduct them over the Red - sea? Or, if they went another way, who should defend them against those nations whose borders they were to pass? What entertainment could they expect from the Egyptians, whom they had deserted and brought to so much ruin?
14:514:5: Եւ անկան Մովսէս եւ Ահարոն ՚ի վերայ երեսաց իւրեանց առաջի ամենայն որդւոցն Իսրայէլի[1308]։ [1308] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Առաջի ամենայն ժողովրդեան որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
5 Մովսէսն ու Ահարոնը երեսնիվայր ընկան բոլոր իսրայէլացիների առջեւ:
5 Մովսէս ու Ահարոն իրենց երեսին վրայ ինկան Իսրայէլի որդիներուն բոլոր ժողովուրդին առջեւ։
Եւ անկան Մովսէս եւ Ահարոն ի վերայ երեսաց իւրեանց առաջի ամենայն ժողովրդեան որդւոցն Իսրայելի:

14:5: Եւ անկան Մովսէս եւ Ահարոն ՚ի վերայ երեսաց իւրեանց առաջի ամենայն որդւոցն Իսրայէլի[1308]։
[1308] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Առաջի ամենայն ժողովրդեան որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
5 Մովսէսն ու Ահարոնը երեսնիվայր ընկան բոլոր իսրայէլացիների առջեւ:
5 Մովսէս ու Ահարոն իրենց երեսին վրայ ինկան Իսրայէլի որդիներուն բոլոր ժողովուրդին առջեւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:55: И пали Моисей и Аарон на лица свои пред всем собранием общества сынов Израилевых.
14:5 καὶ και and; even ἔπεσεν πιπτω fall Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs καὶ και and; even Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron ἐπὶ επι in; on πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before πάσης πας all; every συναγωγῆς συναγωγη gathering υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
14:5 וַ wa וְ and יִּפֹּ֥ל yyippˌōl נפל fall מֹשֶׁ֛ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses וְ wᵊ וְ and אַהֲרֹ֖ן ʔahᵃrˌōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵיהֶ֑ם pᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֕י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole קְהַ֥ל qᵊhˌal קָהָל assembly עֲדַ֖ת ʕᵃḏˌaṯ עֵדָה gathering בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
14:5. quo audito Moses et Aaron ceciderunt proni in terram coram omni multitudine filiorum IsrahelAnd when Moses and Aaron heard this, they fell down flat upon the ground before the multitude of the children of Israel.
5. Then Moses and Aaron fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congregation of the children of Israel.
14:5. And when Moses and Aaron heard this, they fell prone on the ground in the sight of the multitude of the sons of Israel.
14:5. Then Moses and Aaron fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congregation of the children of Israel.
Then Moses and Aaron fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congregation of the children of Israel:

5: И пали Моисей и Аарон на лица свои пред всем собранием общества сынов Израилевых.
14:5
καὶ και and; even
ἔπεσεν πιπτω fall
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
καὶ και and; even
Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
πάσης πας all; every
συναγωγῆς συναγωγη gathering
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
14:5
וַ wa וְ and
יִּפֹּ֥ל yyippˌōl נפל fall
מֹשֶׁ֛ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַהֲרֹ֖ן ʔahᵃrˌōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵיהֶ֑ם pᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֕י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
קְהַ֥ל qᵊhˌal קָהָל assembly
עֲדַ֖ת ʕᵃḏˌaṯ עֵדָה gathering
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
14:5. quo audito Moses et Aaron ceciderunt proni in terram coram omni multitudine filiorum Israhel
And when Moses and Aaron heard this, they fell down flat upon the ground before the multitude of the children of Israel.
14:5. And when Moses and Aaron heard this, they fell prone on the ground in the sight of the multitude of the sons of Israel.
14:5. Then Moses and Aaron fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congregation of the children of Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
5: Пали ниц пред скинией, в присутствии всего собрания.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
5: The Expostulation of Joshua and Caleb.B. C. 1490.
5 Then Moses and Aaron fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congregation of the children of Israel. 6 And Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, which were of them that searched the land, rent their clothes: 7 And they spake unto all the company of the children of Israel, saying, The land, which we passed through to search it, is an exceeding good land. 8 If the LORD delight in us, then he will bring us into this land, and give it us; a land which floweth with milk and honey. 9 Only rebel not ye against the LORD, neither fear ye the people of the land; for they are bread for us: their defence is departed from them, and the LORD is with us: fear them not. 10 But all the congregation bade stone them with stones. And the glory of the LORD appeared in the tabernacle of the congregation before all the children of Israel.
The friends of Israel here interpose to save them if possible from ruining themselves, but in vain. The physicians of their state would have healed them, but they would not be healed; their watchmen gave them warning, but they would not take warning, and so their blood is upon their own heads.
I. The best endeavours were used to still the tumult, and, if now at last they would have understood the things that belonged to their peace, all the following mischief would have been prevented.
1. Moses and Aaron did their part, v. 5. Though it was against them that they murmured (v. 2), yet they bravely overlooked the affront and injury done them, and approved themselves faithful friends to those who were outrageous enemies to them. The clamour and noise of the people were so great that Moses and Aaron could not be heard; should they order any of their servants to proclaim silence, the angry multitude would perhaps be the more clamorous; and therefore, to gain audience in the sight of all the assembly, they fell on their faces, thus expressing, (1.) Their humble prayers to God to still the noise of this sea, the noise of its waves, even the tumult of the people. (2.) The great trouble and concern of their own spirits. They fell down as men astonished and even thunder-struck, amazed to see a people throw away their own mercies: to see those so ill-humoured who were so well taught. And, (3.) Their great earnestness with the people to cease their murmurings; they hoped to work upon them by this humble posture, and to prevail with them not to persist in their rebellion; Moses and Aaron beseech them, as though by them God himself did beseech them, to be reconciled unto God. What they said to the people Moses relates in the repetition of this story. Deut. i. 29, 30, Be not afraid; the Lord your God shall fight for you. Note, Those that are zealous friends to precious souls will stoop to any thing for their salvation. Moses and Aaron, notwithstanding the posts of honour they are in, prostrate themselves to the people to beg of them not to ruin themselves.
2. Caleb and Joshua did their part: they rent their clothes in a holy indignation at the sin of the people, and a holy dread of the wrath of God, which they saw ready to break out against them. it was the greater trouble to these good men because the tumult was occasioned by those spies with whom they had been joined in commission; and therefore they thought themselves obliged to do what they could to still the storm which their fellows had raised. No reasoning could be more pertinent and pathetic than theirs was (v. 7-9), and they spoke as with authority.
(1.) They assured them of the goodness of the land they had surveyed, and that it was really worth venturing for, and not a land that ate up the inhabitants, as the evil spies had represented it. It is an exceedingly good land (v. 7); it is very, very good, so the word is; so that they had no reason to despise this pleasant land. Note, If men were but thoroughly convinced of the desirableness of the gains of religion, they would not stick at the services of it.
(2.) They made nothing of the difficulties that seemed to lie in the way of their gaining the possession of it: "Fear not the people of the land, v. 9. Whatever formidable ideas have been given you of them, the lion is not so fierce as he is painted. They are bread for us," that is, "they are set before us rather to be fed upon than to be fought with, so easily, so pleasantly, and with so much advantage to ourselves shall we master them." Pharaoh is said to have been given them for meat (Ps. lxxiv. 14), and the Canaanites will be so too. They show that, whatever was suggested to the contrary, the advantage was clear on Israel's side. For, [1.] Though the Canaanites dwell in walled cities, they are naked: Their defence has departed from them; that common providence which preserves the rights of nations has abandoned them, and will be no shelter nor protection to them. The other spies took notice of their strength, but these of their wickedness, and thence inferred that God had forsaken them, and therefore their defence had departed. No people can be safe when they have provoked God to leave them. [2.] Though Israel dwell in tents they are fortified: The Lord is with us, and his name is a strong tower; fear them not. Note, While we have the presence of God with us, we need not fear the most powerful force against us.
(3.) They showed them plainly that all the danger they were in was from their own discontents, and that they would succeed against all their enemies if they did not make God their enemy. On this point alone the cause would turn (v. 8): "If the Lord delight in us, as certainly he does, and will if we do not provoke him, he will bring us into this good land; we shall without fail get it in possession by his favour, and the light of his countenance (Ps. xliv. 3), if we do not forfeit his favour and by our own follies turn away our own mercies." It has come to this issue (v. 9): Only rebel not you against the Lord. Note, Nothing can ruin sinners but their own rebellion. If God leave them, it is because they drive him from them; and they die because they will die. None are excluded the heavenly Canaan but those that exclude themselves. And, now, could the case have been made more plain? could it have been urged more closely? But what was the effect?
II. It was all to no purpose; they were deaf to this fair reasoning; nay, they were exasperated by it, and grew more outrageous: All the congregation bade stone them with stones, v. 10. The rulers of the congregation, and the great men (so bishop Patrick), ordered the common people to fall upon them, and knock their brains out. Their case was sad indeed when their leaders thus caused them to err. Note, It is common for those whose hearts are fully set in them to do evil to rage at those who give them good counsel. Those who hate to be reformed hate those that would reform them, and count them their enemies because they tell them the truth. Thus early did Israel begin to misuse the prophets, and stone those that were sent to them, and it was this that filled the measure of their sin, Matt. xxiii. 37. Stone them with stones! Why, what evil have they done? No crime can be laid to their charge; but the truth is these two witnesses tormented those that were obstinate in their infidelity, Rev. xi. 10. Caleb and Joshua had but just said, The Lord is with us; fear them not (v. 9): and, if Israel will not apply those encouraging words to their own fears, those that uttered them know how to encourage themselves with them against this enraged multitude that spoke of stoning them, as David in a like cause, 1 Sam. xxx. 6. Those that cannot prevail to edify others with their counsels and comforts should endeavour at least to edify themselves. Caleb and Joshua knew they appeared for God and his glory, and therefore doubted not but God would appear for them and their safety. And they were not disappointed, for immediately the glory of the Lord appeared, to the terror and confusion of those that were for stoning the servants of God. When they reflected upon God (v. 3), his glory appeared not to silence their blasphemies; but, when they threatened Caleb and Joshua, they touched the apple of his eye, and his glory appeared immediately. Note, Those who faithfully expose themselves for God are sure to be taken under his special protection, and shall be hidden from the rage of men, either under heaven or in heaven.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:5: Already Caleb had endeavored to still the people before Moses Num 13:30; already Moses himself (Deu 1:29 ff) had endeavored to recall the people to obedience. After the failure of these efforts Moses and Aaron cast themselves down in solemn prayer before God (compare Num 16:22); and the appearance of the glory of the Lord in the "tabernacle of the congregation" Num 14:10 was the immediate answer.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:5: Num 16:4, Num 16:22, Num 16:45; Gen 17:3; Lev 9:24; Jos 5:14, Jos 7:10; Kg1 18:39; Ch1 21:16; Eze 9:8; Dan 10:9; Mat 26:39; Rev 4:10, Rev 5:14, Rev 7:11
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:5
At this murmuring, which was growing into open rebellion, Moses and Aaron fell upon their faces before the whole of the assembled congregation, namely, to pour out their distress before the Lord, and move Him to interpose; that is to say, after they had made an unsuccessful attempt, as we may supply from Deut 1:29-31, to cheer up the people, by pointing them to the help they had thus far received from God. "In such distress, nothing remained but to pour out their desires before God; offering their prayer in public, however, and in the sight of all the people, in the hope of turning their minds" (Calvin). Joshua and Caleb, who had gone with the others to explore the land, also rent their clothes, as a sign of their deep distress at the rebellious attitude of the people (see at Lev 10:6), and tried to convince them of the goodness and glory of the land they had travelled through, and to incite them to trust in the Lord. "If Jehovah take pleasure in us,"; they said, "He will bring us into this land. Only rebel not ye against Jehovah, neither fear ye that people of the land; for they are our food;" i.e., we can and shall swallow them up, or easily destroy them (cf. Num 22:4; Num 24:8; Deut 7:16; Ps 14:4). "Their shadow is departed from them, and Jehovah is with us: fear them not!" "Their shadow" is the shelter and protection of God (cf. Ps 91; Ps 121:5). The shadow, which defends from the burning heat of the sun, was a very natural figure in the sultry East, to describe defence from injury, a refuge from danger and destruction (Is 30:2). The protection of God had departed from the Canaanites, because God had determined to destroy them when the measure of their iniquity was full (Gen 15:16; cf. Ex 34:24; Lev 18:25; Lev 20:23). But the excited people resolved to stone them, when Jehovah interposed with His judgment, and His glory appeared in the tabernacle to all the Israelites; that is to say, the majesty of God flashed out before the eyes of the people in a light which suddenly burst forth from the tabernacle (see at Ex 16:10).
Geneva 1599
14:5 Then Moses and Aaron (c) fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congregation of the children of Israel.
(c) Lamenting the people, and praying for them.
John Gill
14:5 Then Moses and Aaron fell on their faces,.... Through shame and confusion of face for them, at hearing so shocking a proposal made, and such wretched ingratitude expressed; they blushed at it, and were in the utmost distress on account of it, and therefore threw themselves into this posture; or it may be this was done either to beg of them that they would lay aside all thoughts of this kind, or to supplicate the divine Majesty that he would convince them of their sin and folly, and give them repentance for it and forgiveness of it; and this they did
before all the assembly of the congregation of the children of Israel; to affect them the more with a sense of their sin and danger.
John Wesley
14:5 Fell on their faces - As humble and earnest suppliants to God, the only refuge to which Moses resorted in all such straits, and who alone was able to govern this stiff - necked people. Before all the assembly - That they might awake to apprehend their sin and danger, when they saw Moses at his prayers, whom God never failed to defend, even with the destruction of his enemies.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:5 Moses and Aaron fell on their faces--as humble and earnest suppliants--either to the people, entreating them to desist from so perverse a design; or rather, to God, as the usual and only refuge from the violence of that tumultuous and stiff-necked rabble--a hopeful means of softening and impressing their hearts.
14:614:6: Բայց Յեսու որդի Նաւեայ, եւ Քաղէբ որդի Յեփոնեայ ՚ի լրտեսաց երկրին՝ պատառեցին զհանդերձս իւրեանց,
6 Երկիրը հետախուզողներից Նաւէի որդի Յեսուն եւ Յեփոնէի որդի Քաղէբը, պատառոտելով իրենց զգեստները,
6 Եւ երկիրը լրտեսողներէն Նաւէին որդին Յեսու ու Յեփոնէին որդին Քաղէբ իրենց հանդերձները պատռեցին
Բայց Յեսու որդի Նաւեայ, եւ Քաղէբ որդի Յեփոնեայ ի լրտեսաց երկրին` պատառեցին զհանդերձս իւրեանց:

14:6: Բայց Յեսու որդի Նաւեայ, եւ Քաղէբ որդի Յեփոնեայ ՚ի լրտեսաց երկրին՝ պատառեցին զհանդերձս իւրեանց,
6 Երկիրը հետախուզողներից Նաւէի որդի Յեսուն եւ Յեփոնէի որդի Քաղէբը, պատառոտելով իրենց զգեստները,
6 Եւ երկիրը լրտեսողներէն Նաւէին որդին Յեսու ու Յեփոնէին որդին Քաղէբ իրենց հանդերձները պատռեցին
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:66: И Иисус, сын Навин, и Халев, сын Иефонниин, из осматривавших землю, разодрали одежды свои
14:6 Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus δὲ δε though; while ὁ ο the τοῦ ο the Ναυη ναυη and; even Χαλεβ χαλεβ the τοῦ ο the Ιεφοννη ιεφοννη the κατασκεψαμένων κατασκεπτομαι the γῆν γη earth; land διέρρηξαν διαρρηγνυμι rend; tear τὰ ο the ἱμάτια ιματιον clothing; clothes αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
14:6 וִ wi וְ and יהֹושֻׁ֣עַ yhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son נ֗וּן nˈûn נוּן Nun וְ wᵊ וְ and כָלֵב֙ ḵālˌēv כָּלֵב Caleb בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son יְפֻנֶּ֔ה yᵊfunnˈeh יְפֻנֶּה Jephunneh מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the תָּרִ֖ים ttārˌîm תור spy אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth קָרְע֖וּ qārᵊʕˌû קרע tear בִּגְדֵיהֶֽם׃ biḡᵊḏêhˈem בֶּגֶד garment
14:6. at vero Iosue filius Nun et Chaleb filius Iepphonne qui et ipsi lustraverant terram sciderunt vestimenta suaBut Josue the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephone, who themselves also had viewed the land, rent their garments,
6. And Joshua the son of Nun and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, which were of them that spied out the land, rent their clothes:
14:6. Yet truly, Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, who themselves had also viewed the land, tore their garments,
14:6. And Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, [which were] of them that searched the land, rent their clothes:
And Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, [which were] of them that searched the land, rent their clothes:

6: И Иисус, сын Навин, и Халев, сын Иефонниин, из осматривавших землю, разодрали одежды свои
14:6
Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
δὲ δε though; while
ο the
τοῦ ο the
Ναυη ναυη and; even
Χαλεβ χαλεβ the
τοῦ ο the
Ιεφοννη ιεφοννη the
κατασκεψαμένων κατασκεπτομαι the
γῆν γη earth; land
διέρρηξαν διαρρηγνυμι rend; tear
τὰ ο the
ἱμάτια ιματιον clothing; clothes
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
14:6
וִ wi וְ and
יהֹושֻׁ֣עַ yhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son
נ֗וּן nˈûn נוּן Nun
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָלֵב֙ ḵālˌēv כָּלֵב Caleb
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
יְפֻנֶּ֔ה yᵊfunnˈeh יְפֻנֶּה Jephunneh
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
תָּרִ֖ים ttārˌîm תור spy
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
קָרְע֖וּ qārᵊʕˌû קרע tear
בִּגְדֵיהֶֽם׃ biḡᵊḏêhˈem בֶּגֶד garment
14:6. at vero Iosue filius Nun et Chaleb filius Iepphonne qui et ipsi lustraverant terram sciderunt vestimenta sua
But Josue the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephone, who themselves also had viewed the land, rent their garments,
14:6. Yet truly, Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, who themselves had also viewed the land, tore their garments,
14:6. And Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, [which were] of them that searched the land, rent their clothes:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:6: And Joshua, etc. - See on Num 13:33 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:6: Joshua: Num 14:24, Num 14:30, Num 14:38, Num 13:6, Num 13:8, Num 13:30
rent their clothes: Gen 37:29, Gen 37:34, Gen 44:13; Jos 7:6; Jdg 11:35; Sa2 3:31; Kg2 18:37; Job 1:20; Joe 2:12, Joe 2:13; Mat 26:65
Geneva 1599
14:6 And Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, [which were] of them that searched the land, (d) rent their clothes:
(d) For sorrow, hearing their blasphemy.
John Gill
14:6 And Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh,.... Rose up and interposed in this affair, looking upon themselves under a special obligation so to do, as they were capable of confronting the other spies, and contradicting what they had said:
which were of them that searched the land; they were two of that number, and were the more concerned to hear such a false account given, and distressed to observe the mutiny of the people, and therefore judged themselves in duty bound to do all they could to stop it:
rent their clothes; in token of sorrow for the sins of the people; and at their blasphemy and ingratitude against God, and in dread of his wrath and fury breaking forth upon them.
John Wesley
14:6 Rent their clothes - To testify their hearty grief for the peoples blasphemy against God and sedition against Moses, and that dreadful judgment which they easily foresaw this must bring upon the congregation.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:6 Joshua . . . and Caleb, which were of them that searched the land, rent their clothes--The two honest spies testified their grief and horror, in the strongest manner, at the mutiny against Moses and the blasphemy against God; while at the same time they endeavored, by a truthful statement, to persuade the people of the ease with which they might obtain possession of so desirable a country, provided they did not, by their rebellion and ingratitude, provoke God to abandon them.
14:714:7: եւ խօսեցան ընդ ամենայն ժողովրդեան որդւոցն Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ասեն. Երկիր զոր մեք լրտեսեցաք՝ երկիր բարի՛ է յոյժ.
7 ասացին բոլոր իսրայէլացիներին. «Մեր հետախուզած երկիրը չափազանց լաւ է:
7 Եւ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն բոլոր ժողովուրդին խօսեցան՝ ըսելով. «Այն երկիրը, որուն մէջէն անցանք զանիկա լրտեսելու համար, խիստ լաւ երկիր մըն է
եւ խօսեցան ընդ ամենայն ժողովրդեան որդւոցն Իսրայելի եւ ասեն. Երկիրն զոր մեք լրտեսեցաք` երկիր բարի է յոյժ:

14:7: եւ խօսեցան ընդ ամենայն ժողովրդեան որդւոցն Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ասեն. Երկիր զոր մեք լրտեսեցաք՝ երկիր բարի՛ է յոյժ.
7 ասացին բոլոր իսրայէլացիներին. «Մեր հետախուզած երկիրը չափազանց լաւ է:
7 Եւ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն բոլոր ժողովուրդին խօսեցան՝ ըսելով. «Այն երկիրը, որուն մէջէն անցանք զանիկա լրտեսելու համար, խիստ լաւ երկիր մըն է
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:77: и сказали всему обществу сынов Израилевых: земля, которую мы проходили для осмотра, очень, очень хороша;
14:7 καὶ και and; even εἶπαν επω say; speak πρὸς προς to; toward πᾶσαν πας all; every συναγωγὴν συναγωγη gathering υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what κατεσκεψάμεθα κατασκεπτομαι he; him ἀγαθή αγαθος good ἐστιν ειμι be σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
14:7 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ yyˈōmᵊrˈû אמר say אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עֲדַ֥ת ʕᵃḏˌaṯ עֵדָה gathering בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָבַ֤רְנוּ ʕāvˈarnû עבר pass בָהּ֙ vˌāh בְּ in לָ lā לְ to ת֣וּר ṯˈûr תור spy אֹתָ֔הּ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker] טֹובָ֥ה ṭôvˌā טֹוב good הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth מְאֹ֥ד mᵊʔˌōḏ מְאֹד might מְאֹֽד׃ mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
14:7. et ad omnem multitudinem filiorum Israhel locuti sunt terram quam circuivimus valde bona estAnd said to all the multitude of the children of Israel: The land which we have gone round is very good:
7. and they spake unto all the congregation of the children of Israel, saying, The land, which we passed through to spy it out, is an exceeding good land.
14:7. and they said to the entire multitude of the sons of Israel: “The land that we circled through is very good.
14:7. And they spake unto all the company of the children of Israel, saying, The land, which we passed through to search it, [is] an exceeding good land.
And they spake unto all the company of the children of Israel, saying, The land, which we passed through to search it, [is] an exceeding good land:

7: и сказали всему обществу сынов Израилевых: земля, которую мы проходили для осмотра, очень, очень хороша;
14:7
καὶ και and; even
εἶπαν επω say; speak
πρὸς προς to; toward
πᾶσαν πας all; every
συναγωγὴν συναγωγη gathering
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
κατεσκεψάμεθα κατασκεπτομαι he; him
ἀγαθή αγαθος good
ἐστιν ειμι be
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
14:7
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ yyˈōmᵊrˈû אמר say
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עֲדַ֥ת ʕᵃḏˌaṯ עֵדָה gathering
בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָבַ֤רְנוּ ʕāvˈarnû עבר pass
בָהּ֙ vˌāh בְּ in
לָ לְ to
ת֣וּר ṯˈûr תור spy
אֹתָ֔הּ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker]
טֹובָ֥ה ṭôvˌā טֹוב good
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מְאֹ֥ד mᵊʔˌōḏ מְאֹד might
מְאֹֽד׃ mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
14:7. et ad omnem multitudinem filiorum Israhel locuti sunt terram quam circuivimus valde bona est
And said to all the multitude of the children of Israel: The land which we have gone round is very good:
14:7. and they said to the entire multitude of the sons of Israel: “The land that we circled through is very good.
14:7. And they spake unto all the company of the children of Israel, saying, The land, which we passed through to search it, [is] an exceeding good land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:7: an exceeding good land: Num 13:27; Deu 1:25, Deu 6:10, Deu 6:11, Deu 8:7-9
John Gill
14:7 And they spake unto all the company of the children of Israel,.... To as many as could hear them, to the heads of them:
saying, the land which we passed through to search it, is an exceeding good land; they observe that they were of the number of the spies that were appointed and sent to search the land of Canaan, and they had searched it, and therefore could give an account of it from their own knowledge; and they had not only entered into it, or just looked at a part of it, but they had gone through it, and taken a general survey of it; and they could not but in truth and justice say of it, that it was a good land, delightful, healthful, and fruitful; yea, "very, very good" (q), exceeding, exceeding good, superlatively good, good beyond expression; they were not able with words to set forth the goodness of it; this they reported, in opposition to the ill report the other spies had given of it.
(q) "bona terra, valde valde", Montanus, Vatablus.
14:814:8: եթէ հաճեսցի՛ միայն ընդ մեզ Աստուած, եւ տարցի յերկիրն յայն, եւ տացէ զնա մեզ. երկիր է՝ որ բղխէ զկա՛թն եւ զմեղր[1309]։ [1309] Ոմանք. Ընդ մեզ Տէր Աստուած, եւ տարցի։
8 Եթէ Աստծուց բարեհաճութիւն ունենանք, նա մեզ կ’առաջնորդի այդ երկիրը եւ այն կը տայ մեզ: Դա մի երկիր է, ուր կաթ ու մեղր է հոսում:
8 Եթէ Տէրը մեզի հաճի, մեզ այն երկիրը տանի եւ զանիկա մեզի տայ, որ կաթ ու մեղր բղխող երկիր մըն է։
Եթէ հաճեսցի միայն ընդ մեզ Տէր, եւ տարցի յերկիրն յայն, եւ տացէ զնա մեզ, երկիր է որ բղխէ զկաթն եւ զմեղր:

14:8: եթէ հաճեսցի՛ միայն ընդ մեզ Աստուած, եւ տարցի յերկիրն յայն, եւ տացէ զնա մեզ. երկիր է՝ որ բղխէ զկա՛թն եւ զմեղր[1309]։
[1309] Ոմանք. Ընդ մեզ Տէր Աստուած, եւ տարցի։
8 Եթէ Աստծուց բարեհաճութիւն ունենանք, նա մեզ կ’առաջնորդի այդ երկիրը եւ այն կը տայ մեզ: Դա մի երկիր է, ուր կաթ ու մեղր է հոսում:
8 Եթէ Տէրը մեզի հաճի, մեզ այն երկիրը տանի եւ զանիկա մեզի տայ, որ կաթ ու մեղր բղխող երկիր մըն է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:88: если Господь милостив к нам, то введет нас в землю сию и даст нам ее--эту землю, в которой течет молоко и мед;
14:8 εἰ ει if; whether αἱρετίζει αιρετιζω choose ἡμᾶς ημας us κύριος κυριος lord; master εἰσάξει εισαγω lead in; bring in ἡμᾶς ημας us εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ταύτην ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even δώσει διδωμι give; deposit αὐτὴν αυτος he; him ἡμῖν ημιν us γῆ γη earth; land ἥτις οστις who; that ἐστὶν ειμι be ῥέουσα ρεω flow γάλα γαλα milk καὶ και and; even μέλι μελι honey
14:8 אִם־ ʔim- אִם if חָפֵ֥ץ ḥāfˌēṣ חפץ desire בָּ֨נוּ֙ bˈānû בְּ in יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and הֵבִ֤יא hēvˈî בוא come אֹתָ֨נוּ֙ ʔōṯˈānû אֵת [object marker] אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this וּ û וְ and נְתָנָ֖הּ nᵊṯānˌāh נתן give לָ֑נוּ lˈānû לְ to אֶ֕רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] הִ֛וא hˈiw הִיא she זָבַ֥ת zāvˌaṯ זוב flow חָלָ֖ב ḥālˌāv חָלָב milk וּ û וְ and דְבָֽשׁ׃ ḏᵊvˈāš דְּבַשׁ honey
14:8. si propitius fuerit Dominus inducet nos in eam et tradet humum lacte et melle manantemIf the Lord be favourable, he will bring us into it, and give us a land flowing with milk and honey.
8. If the LORD delight in us, then he will bring us into this land, and give it unto us; a land which floweth with milk and honey.
14:8. If the Lord will be gracious to us, he will lead us into it, and he will give us the land flowing with milk and honey.
14:8. If the LORD delight in us, then he will bring us into this land, and give it us; a land which floweth with milk and honey.
If the LORD delight in us, then he will bring us into this land, and give it us; a land which floweth with milk and honey:

8: если Господь милостив к нам, то введет нас в землю сию и даст нам ее--эту землю, в которой течет молоко и мед;
14:8
εἰ ει if; whether
αἱρετίζει αιρετιζω choose
ἡμᾶς ημας us
κύριος κυριος lord; master
εἰσάξει εισαγω lead in; bring in
ἡμᾶς ημας us
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ταύτην ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
δώσει διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
ἡμῖν ημιν us
γῆ γη earth; land
ἥτις οστις who; that
ἐστὶν ειμι be
ῥέουσα ρεω flow
γάλα γαλα milk
καὶ και and; even
μέλι μελι honey
14:8
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
חָפֵ֥ץ ḥāfˌēṣ חפץ desire
בָּ֨נוּ֙ bˈānû בְּ in
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֵבִ֤יא hēvˈî בוא come
אֹתָ֨נוּ֙ ʔōṯˈānû אֵת [object marker]
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
וּ û וְ and
נְתָנָ֖הּ nᵊṯānˌāh נתן give
לָ֑נוּ lˈānû לְ to
אֶ֕רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הִ֛וא hˈiw הִיא she
זָבַ֥ת zāvˌaṯ זוב flow
חָלָ֖ב ḥālˌāv חָלָב milk
וּ û וְ and
דְבָֽשׁ׃ ḏᵊvˈāš דְּבַשׁ honey
14:8. si propitius fuerit Dominus inducet nos in eam et tradet humum lacte et melle manantem
If the Lord be favourable, he will bring us into it, and give us a land flowing with milk and honey.
14:8. If the Lord will be gracious to us, he will lead us into it, and he will give us the land flowing with milk and honey.
14:8. If the LORD delight in us, then he will bring us into this land, and give it us; a land which floweth with milk and honey.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:8: delight: Deu 10:15; Sa2 15:25, Sa2 15:26, Sa2 22:20; Kg1 10:9; Psa 22:8, Psa 147:10, Psa 147:11; Isa 62:4; Jer 32:41; Zep 3:17; Rom 8:31
a land which: Num 13:27
John Gill
14:8 If the Lord delight in us,.... Continue to delight in them as he had, and as appears by what he had done for, them in Egypt, at the Red sea, and in the wilderness; see Deut 10:15,
then he will bring us into this land, and give it us, as he has promised:
a land which floweth with milk and honey; as the Lord himself hath described it, and as the unbelieving spies themselves had owned it; Num 13:27.
John Wesley
14:8 Delight in us - If by our rebellion and ingratitude we do not provoke God to leave and forsake us.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:8 a land flowing with milk and honey--a general expression, descriptive of a rich and fertile country. The two articles specified were among the principal products of the Holy Land.
14:914:9: Բայց ՚ի Տեառնէ միայն ապստամբք մի՛ լինիցիք, եւ ՚ի ժողովրդենէ երկրին մի՛ երկնչիջիք. քանզի կերակո՛ւր մեր են։ Զի մեկնեցաւ ՚ի նոցանէ Տէր եւ ընդ մե՛զ է Տէր. մի՛ զանգիտիցէք ՚ի նոցանէ[1310]։ [1310] Ոմանք. Մի՛ զանգիտէք ՚ի նոցանէ։
9 Միայն թէ Տիրոջ դէմ չապստամբէք եւ այդ երկրի ժողովրդից չվախենաք, որովհետեւ մենք կը լափենք նրանց: Տէրն արդէն լքել է նրանց, նա մեզ հետ է: Մի՛ վախեցէք նրանցից»:
9 Միայն թէ Տէրոջը դէմ ապստամբ մի՛ ըլլաք եւ այն երկրին ժողովուրդէն մի՛ վախնաք, քանզի անոնք մեր կերակուրն են. անոնց ապահովութիւնը* գացած է իրենց վրայէն ու Տէրը մեզի հետ է։ Անոնցմէ մի՛ վախնաք»։
Բայց ի Տեառնէ միայն ապստամբք մի՛ լինիցիք, եւ ի ժողովրդենէ երկրին մի՛ երկնչիջիք, քանզի կերակուր մեր են. զի մեկնեցաւ ի նոցանէ [218]Տէր, եւ ընդ մեզ է Տէր. մի՛ զանգիտիցէք ի նոցանէ:

14:9: Բայց ՚ի Տեառնէ միայն ապստամբք մի՛ լինիցիք, եւ ՚ի ժողովրդենէ երկրին մի՛ երկնչիջիք. քանզի կերակո՛ւր մեր են։ Զի մեկնեցաւ ՚ի նոցանէ Տէր եւ ընդ մե՛զ է Տէր. մի՛ զանգիտիցէք ՚ի նոցանէ[1310]։
[1310] Ոմանք. Մի՛ զանգիտէք ՚ի նոցանէ։
9 Միայն թէ Տիրոջ դէմ չապստամբէք եւ այդ երկրի ժողովրդից չվախենաք, որովհետեւ մենք կը լափենք նրանց: Տէրն արդէն լքել է նրանց, նա մեզ հետ է: Մի՛ վախեցէք նրանցից»:
9 Միայն թէ Տէրոջը դէմ ապստամբ մի՛ ըլլաք եւ այն երկրին ժողովուրդէն մի՛ վախնաք, քանզի անոնք մեր կերակուրն են. անոնց ապահովութիւնը* գացած է իրենց վրայէն ու Տէրը մեզի հետ է։ Անոնցմէ մի՛ վախնաք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:99: только против Господа не восставайте и не бойтесь народа земли сей; ибо он достанется нам на съедение: защиты у них не стало, а с нами Господь; не бойтесь их.
14:9 ἀλλὰ αλλα but ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the κυρίου κυριος lord; master μὴ μη not ἀποστάται αποστατης happen; become ὑμεῖς υμεις you δὲ δε though; while μὴ μη not φοβηθῆτε φοβεω afraid; fear τὸν ο the λαὸν λαος populace; population τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ὅτι οτι since; that κατάβρωμα καταβρωμα us ἐστιν ειμι be ἀφέστηκεν αφιστημι distance; keep distance γὰρ γαρ for ὁ ο the καιρὸς καιρος season; opportunity ἀπ᾿ απο from; away αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ὁ ο the δὲ δε though; while κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐν εν in ἡμῖν ημιν us μὴ μη not φοβηθῆτε φοβεω afraid; fear αὐτούς αυτος he; him
14:9 אַ֣ךְ ʔˈaḵ אַךְ only בַּֽ bˈa בְּ in יהוָה֮ [yhwāh] יְהוָה YHWH אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תִּמְרֹדוּ֒ timrōḏˌû מרד rebel וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתֶּ֗ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תִּֽירְאוּ֙ tˈîrᵊʔû ירא fear אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עַ֣ם ʕˈam עַם people הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that לַחְמֵ֖נוּ laḥmˌēnû לֶחֶם bread הֵ֑ם hˈēm הֵם they סָ֣ר sˈār סור turn aside צִלָּ֧ם ṣillˈām צֵל shadow מֵ mē מִן from עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם ʕᵃlêhˈem עַל upon וַֽ wˈa וְ and יהוָ֥ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אִתָּ֖נוּ ʔittˌānû אֵת together with אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תִּירָאֻֽם׃ tîrāʔˈum ירא fear
14:9. nolite rebelles esse contra Dominum neque timeatis populum terrae huius quia sicut panem ita eos possumus devorare recessit ab illis omne praesidium Dominus nobiscum est nolite metuereBe not rebellious against the Lord: and fear ye not the people of this land, for we are able to eat them up as bread. All aid is gone from them: the Lord is with us, fear ye not.
9. Only rebel not against the LORD, neither fear ye the people of the land; for they are bread for us: their defence is removed from over them, and the LORD is with us: fear them not.
14:9. Do not choose to be rebellious against the Lord. And do not fear the people of this land, for, like bread, so are we able to devour them. All protection has withdrawn from them. The Lord is with us. Do not be afraid.”
14:9. Only rebel not ye against the LORD, neither fear ye the people of the land; for they [are] bread for us: their defence is departed from them, and the LORD [is] with us: fear them not.
Only rebel not ye against the LORD, neither fear ye the people of the land; for they [are] bread for us: their defence is departed from them, and the LORD [is] with us: fear them not:

9: только против Господа не восставайте и не бойтесь народа земли сей; ибо он достанется нам на съедение: защиты у них не стало, а с нами Господь; не бойтесь их.
14:9
ἀλλὰ αλλα but
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
μὴ μη not
ἀποστάται αποστατης happen; become
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
δὲ δε though; while
μὴ μη not
φοβηθῆτε φοβεω afraid; fear
τὸν ο the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ὅτι οτι since; that
κατάβρωμα καταβρωμα us
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἀφέστηκεν αφιστημι distance; keep distance
γὰρ γαρ for
ο the
καιρὸς καιρος season; opportunity
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ο the
δὲ δε though; while
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐν εν in
ἡμῖν ημιν us
μὴ μη not
φοβηθῆτε φοβεω afraid; fear
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
14:9
אַ֣ךְ ʔˈaḵ אַךְ only
בַּֽ bˈa בְּ in
יהוָה֮ [yhwāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תִּמְרֹדוּ֒ timrōḏˌû מרד rebel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתֶּ֗ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תִּֽירְאוּ֙ tˈîrᵊʔû ירא fear
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עַ֣ם ʕˈam עַם people
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
לַחְמֵ֖נוּ laḥmˌēnû לֶחֶם bread
הֵ֑ם hˈēm הֵם they
סָ֣ר sˈār סור turn aside
צִלָּ֧ם ṣillˈām צֵל shadow
מֵ מִן from
עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם ʕᵃlêhˈem עַל upon
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יהוָ֥ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אִתָּ֖נוּ ʔittˌānû אֵת together with
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תִּירָאֻֽם׃ tîrāʔˈum ירא fear
14:9. nolite rebelles esse contra Dominum neque timeatis populum terrae huius quia sicut panem ita eos possumus devorare recessit ab illis omne praesidium Dominus nobiscum est nolite metuere
Be not rebellious against the Lord: and fear ye not the people of this land, for we are able to eat them up as bread. All aid is gone from them: the Lord is with us, fear ye not.
14:9. Do not choose to be rebellious against the Lord. And do not fear the people of this land, for, like bread, so are we able to devour them. All protection has withdrawn from them. The Lord is with us. Do not be afraid.”
14:9. Only rebel not ye against the LORD, neither fear ye the people of the land; for they [are] bread for us: their defence is departed from them, and the LORD [is] with us: fear them not.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:9: Their defense - צלם tsillam, their shadow, a metaphor highly expressive of protection and support in the sultry eastern countries. The protection of God is so called; see Psa 91:1; Psa 121:5; see also Isa 51:16; Isa 49:2; Isa 30:2.
The Arabs and Persians have the same word to express the same thing.
nemayeed zulli doulet mamdood bad.
"May the shadow of thy prosperity be extended!"
nemayced zulli doulet ber mufareki khayr khwahen mamdood bad.
"May the shadow of thy prosperity be spread over the heads of thy well-wishers!"
They have also the following elegant distich: -
Sayahat kem mubad az seri ma
Bast Allah zullikem abeda.
"May thy protection never be removed from my head!
May God extend thy shadow eternally!"
Here the Arabic zull answers exactly to the Hebrew צל tsel, both signifying that which overspreads or overshadows. See the note on Num 14:14.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:9: Their defense - literally, "their shadow," i. e. their shelter as from the scorching sun: an Oriental figure. Compare the marginal references.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:9: Only rebel: Deu 9:7, Deu 9:23, Deu 9:24; Isa 1:2, Isa 63:10; Dan 9:5, Dan 9:9; Phi 1:27
neither: Deu 7:18, Deu 20:3
are bread: Num 24:8; Deu 32:42; Psa 14:4, Psa 74:14
defence: Heb. shadow, Tzillam, a metaphor highly expressive of protection and support in the sultry eastern countries. (See the parallel passages.) The Arabs and Persians use the same word to express the same thing; using the expressions, "May the shadow (zulli) of thy prosperity be extended." "May the shadow of thy prosperity be spread over the heads of thy well-wishers." And in an elegant distich, "May your protection never be removed from my head; may God extend your shadow (zullikem) eternally." The loftiest and most esteemed title of the sultan, says Thornton, because given him by the kings of Persia, is zil ullah, shadow of God. Psa 91:1, Psa 121:5; Isa 30:2, Isa 30:3, Isa 32:2; Jer 48:45
the Lord: Gen 48:21; Exo 33:16; Deu 7:21, Deu 20:1-4, Deu 31:6, Deu 31:8; Jos 1:5; Jdg 1:22; Ch2 13:12, Ch2 15:2, Ch2 20:17, Ch2 32:8; Psa 46:1, Psa 46:2, Psa 46:7, Psa 46:11; Isa 8:9, Isa 8:10, Isa 41:10; Mat 1:23; Rom 8:31
fear them not: Isa 41:14
Geneva 1599
14:9 Only rebel not ye against the LORD, neither fear ye the people of the land; for they [are] (e) bread for us: their defence is departed from them, and the LORD [is] with us: fear them not.
(e) We shall easily overcome them.
John Gill
14:9 Only rebel not ye against the Lord,.... Nothing, it is suggested, could hinder them from the, possession of it but their rebellion against the Lord; which might provoke him to cut them off by his immediate hand, or to deliver them into the hands of their enemies; for rebellion is a dreadful sin, and highly provoking, 1Kings 15:23,
neither fear ye the people the land; on account of their number, strength, the walled cities they dwell in; they had nothing to fear from them, so be it they feared the Lord, and were not disobedient to him:
for they are bread for us; as easy to be cut to pieces, and to be devoured, consumed, and destroyed as thoroughly, as bread is when eaten; and their fields, vineyards, all they have without and within, even all their substance, will be a prey to us, and furnish out sufficient provision for us, on which we may pleasantly and plentifully live, as on bread: see Ps 14:4,
their defence is departed from them; they had no heart nor spirit left in them; no courage to defend themselves, and therefore the strength of their bodies and their walled towns would be of no avail unto them; see Josh 2:9; or "their shadow" (r), which covered and protected them, the providence of God which was over them, and continued them in the land, and quiet possession of it, until the measure of their iniquity was filled up, and the time come for his people Israel to inhabit it; but now it was departed:
and the Lord is with us; as was evident by the cloud upon the tabernacle, and by the manna being spread around their camp every morning: the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan are,"the Word of the Lord is for our help:"
fear them not; the Canaanites, notwithstanding the strength of their bodies, or of their cities, the Lord is mightier than they.
(r) "umbra eorum", Montanus, Tigurine version, Fagius, Vatablus; so Junius & Tremellius, Piscator.
John Wesley
14:9 Bread - We shall destroy them as easily as we eat our bread. Their defence - Their conduct and courage, and especially God, who was pleased to afford them his protection 'till their iniquities were full, is utterly departed from them, and hath given them up as a prey to us. With us - By his special grace and almighty power, to save us from them and all our enemies. Only rebel not against the Lord - Nothing can ruin sinners but their own rebellion. If God leaves them, 'tis because they drive him from them, and they die, because they will die.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:9 their defence is departed--Hebrew, "their shadow." The Sultan of Turkey and the Shah of Persia are called "the shadow of God," "the refuge of the world." So that the meaning of the clause, "their defence is departed from them," is, that the favor of God was now lost to those whose iniquities were full (Gen 15:16), and transferred to the Israelites.
14:1014:10: Եւ ասաց ամենայն ժողովուրդն քարկոծե՛լ զնոսա քարամբք. եւ փառքն Տեառն երեւեցա՛ն ամպով ՚ի վերայ խորանին վկայութեան յանդիման ամենայն որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
10 Ամբողջ ժողովուրդն ասաց. «Եկէք քարկոծենք նրանց»: Այն ժամանակ Տիրոջ փառքը ամպի մէջ երեւաց վկայութեան խորանի վրայ, բոլոր իսրայէլացիների դիմաց:
10 Բայց բոլոր ժողովուրդը ուզեցին քարկոծել զանոնք։ Այն ատեն Տէրոջը փառքը վկայութեան խորանին մէջ բոլոր Իսրայէլի որդիներուն երեւցաւ։
Եւ ասաց ամենայն ժողովուրդն քարկոծել զնոսա քարամբք. եւ փառքն Տեառն երեւեցան ամպով ի վերայ խորանին վկայութեան յանդիման ամենայն որդւոցն Իսրայելի:

14:10: Եւ ասաց ամենայն ժողովուրդն քարկոծե՛լ զնոսա քարամբք. եւ փառքն Տեառն երեւեցա՛ն ամպով ՚ի վերայ խորանին վկայութեան յանդիման ամենայն որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
10 Ամբողջ ժողովուրդն ասաց. «Եկէք քարկոծենք նրանց»: Այն ժամանակ Տիրոջ փառքը ամպի մէջ երեւաց վկայութեան խորանի վրայ, բոլոր իսրայէլացիների դիմաց:
10 Բայց բոլոր ժողովուրդը ուզեցին քարկոծել զանոնք։ Այն ատեն Տէրոջը փառքը վկայութեան խորանին մէջ բոլոր Իսրայէլի որդիներուն երեւցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1010: И сказало все общество: побить их камнями! Но слава Господня явилась в скинии собрания всем сынам Израилевым.
14:10 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering καταλιθοβολῆσαι καταλιθοβολεω he; him ἐν εν in λίθοις λιθος stone καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the δόξα δοξα glory κυρίου κυριος lord; master ὤφθη οραω view; see ἐν εν in νεφέλῃ νεφελη cloud ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the σκηνῆς σκηνη tent τοῦ ο the μαρτυρίου μαρτυριον evidence; testimony ἐν εν in πᾶσι πας all; every τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
14:10 וַ wa וְ and יֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ yyˈōmᵊrû אמר say כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ֣ hˈā הַ the עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering לִ li לְ to רְגֹּ֥ום rᵊggˌôm רגם stone אֹתָ֖ם ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker] בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אֲבָנִ֑ים ʔᵃvānˈîm אֶבֶן stone וּ û וְ and כְבֹ֣וד ḵᵊvˈôḏ כָּבֹוד weight יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH נִרְאָה֙ nirʔˌā ראה see בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֹ֣הֶל ʔˈōhel אֹהֶל tent מֹועֵ֔ד môʕˈēḏ מֹועֵד appointment אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole בְּנֵ֖י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ yiśrāʔˈēl . f יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
14:10. cumque clamaret omnis multitudo et lapidibus eos vellet opprimere apparuit gloria Domini super tectum foederis cunctis filiis IsrahelAnd when all the multitude cried out, and would have stoned them, the glory of the Lord appeared over the tabernacle of the covenant to all the children of Israel.
10. But all the congregation bade stone them with stones. And the glory of the LORD appeared in the tent of meeting unto all the children of Israel.
14:10. And when the entire multitude cried out, and they wanted to crush them with stones, the glory of the Lord appeared, over the roof of the covenant, to all the sons of Israel.
14:10. But all the congregation bade stone them with stones. And the glory of the LORD appeared in the tabernacle of the congregation before all the children of Israel.
But all the congregation bade stone them with stones. And the glory of the LORD appeared in the tabernacle of the congregation before all the children of Israel:

10: И сказало все общество: побить их камнями! Но слава Господня явилась в скинии собрания всем сынам Израилевым.
14:10
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering
καταλιθοβολῆσαι καταλιθοβολεω he; him
ἐν εν in
λίθοις λιθος stone
καὶ και and; even
ο the
δόξα δοξα glory
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
ὤφθη οραω view; see
ἐν εν in
νεφέλῃ νεφελη cloud
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
σκηνῆς σκηνη tent
τοῦ ο the
μαρτυρίου μαρτυριον evidence; testimony
ἐν εν in
πᾶσι πας all; every
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
14:10
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ yyˈōmᵊrû אמר say
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering
לִ li לְ to
רְגֹּ֥ום rᵊggˌôm רגם stone
אֹתָ֖ם ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אֲבָנִ֑ים ʔᵃvānˈîm אֶבֶן stone
וּ û וְ and
כְבֹ֣וד ḵᵊvˈôḏ כָּבֹוד weight
יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
נִרְאָה֙ nirʔˌā ראה see
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֹ֣הֶל ʔˈōhel אֹהֶל tent
מֹועֵ֔ד môʕˈēḏ מֹועֵד appointment
אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
בְּנֵ֖י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ yiśrāʔˈēl . f יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
14:10. cumque clamaret omnis multitudo et lapidibus eos vellet opprimere apparuit gloria Domini super tectum foederis cunctis filiis Israhel
And when all the multitude cried out, and would have stoned them, the glory of the Lord appeared over the tabernacle of the covenant to all the children of Israel.
14:10. And when the entire multitude cried out, and they wanted to crush them with stones, the glory of the Lord appeared, over the roof of the covenant, to all the sons of Israel.
14:10. But all the congregation bade stone them with stones. And the glory of the LORD appeared in the tabernacle of the congregation before all the children of Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:10: The glory of the Lord appeared - This timely appearance of the Divine glory prevented these faithful servants of God from being stoned to death by this base and treacherous multitude. "Every man is immortal till his work is done," while in simplicity of heart he is following his God.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:10: But all: Exo 17:4; Sa1 30:6; Mat 23:37; Act 7:52, Act 7:59
And the: Num 16:19, Num 16:42, Num 20:6; Exo 16:7, Exo 16:10, Exo 24:16, Exo 24:17, Exo 40:34; Lev 9:23
Geneva 1599
14:10 But all the congregation bade (f) stone them with stones. And the glory of the LORD appeared in the tabernacle of the congregation before all the children of Israel.
(f) This is the condition of those who would persuade in God's cause, to be persecuted by the multitude.
John Gill
14:10 But all the congregation bade stone them with stones,.... Namely, Joshua and Caleb, who had made such a faithful report of the good land, and had delivered such an animating and encouraging speech to the people. This is not to be understood of the body of the people, and of all the individuals thereof, for who then should they bid to stone Joshua and Caleb? unless the sense is, that they stirred up and animated one another to it; but rather it means the princes and heads of the congregation, who commanded the common people to rise up and stone them; for notwithstanding the affecting behaviour of Moses and Aaron, and the arguments of Joshua and Caleb, they still persisted in their mutiny and rebellion, until the Lord himself appeared as he did:
and the glory of the Lord appeared in the tabernacle of the congregation, before all the children of Israel; the Shechinah, or divine Majesty, which dwelt between the cherubim in the most holy place, came into the court of the tabernacle; for neither in the holy nor in the most holy place could the people see it, or the token of it: in Deut 31:15 it is said, "the pillar of cloud stood over the door of the tabernacle"; and Noldius (s) renders it here, "and the glory of the Lord appeared above the tabernacle of the congregation"; with which agree the Targum of Jonathan and the Vulgate Latin and Septuagint versions; and so Jarchi says, the cloud descended there, and from thence very probably some coruscations, or flashes of lightning came forth, which plainly showed the Lord was there; and this was done to terrify the people, and restrain them from their evil, purposes; and to encourage the servants of the Lord, who hereby might expect the divine protection.
(s) Concord. Ebr. Part. p. 164. No. 737.
John Wesley
14:10 Appeared - Now in the extremity of danger to rescue his faithful servants, and to stop the rage of the people. In the tabernacle - Upon or above the tabernacle, where the cloud usually resided, in which the glory of God appeared now in a more illustrious manner. When they reflected upon God, his glory appeared not, to silence their blasphemies: but when they threatened Caleb and Joshua, they touched the apple of his eye, and his glory appeared immediately. They who faithfully expose themselves for God, are sure of his special provision.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:10 the glory of the Lord appeared--It was seasonably manifested on this great emergency to rescue His ambassadors from their perilous situation.
14:1114:11: Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Մինչեւ յե՞րբ բարկացուցանէ զիս ժողովուրդդ. եւ մինչեւ յե՞րբ ո՛չ հաւատան ինձ ամենայն նշանօք զոր արարի ՚ի մէջ նոցա[1311]։ [1311] Այլք. Արարի ՚ի միջի նոցա։
11 Տէրն ասաց Մովսէսին. «Մինչեւ ե՞րբ պիտի ինձ զայրացնի քո այդ ժողովուրդը, մինչեւ ե՞րբ պիտի չհաւատայ այն բոլոր հրաշքներին, որ կատարեցի նրանց մէջ:
11 Եւ Տէրը ըսաւ Մովսէսին. «Այս ժողովուրդը մինչեւ ե՞րբ զիս պիտի արհամարհէ եւ մինչեւ ե՞րբ՝ հակառակ բոլոր հրաշքներուս՝ պիտի չհաւատան ինծի։
Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Մինչեւ յե՞րբ բարկացուցանէ զիս ժողովուրդդ, եւ մինչեւ յե՞րբ ոչ հաւատան ինձ ամենայն նշանօքն զոր արարի ի միջի դոցա:

14:11: Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Մինչեւ յե՞րբ բարկացուցանէ զիս ժողովուրդդ. եւ մինչեւ յե՞րբ ո՛չ հաւատան ինձ ամենայն նշանօք զոր արարի ՚ի մէջ նոցա[1311]։
[1311] Այլք. Արարի ՚ի միջի նոցա։
11 Տէրն ասաց Մովսէսին. «Մինչեւ ե՞րբ պիտի ինձ զայրացնի քո այդ ժողովուրդը, մինչեւ ե՞րբ պիտի չհաւատայ այն բոլոր հրաշքներին, որ կատարեցի նրանց մէջ:
11 Եւ Տէրը ըսաւ Մովսէսին. «Այս ժողովուրդը մինչեւ ե՞րբ զիս պիտի արհամարհէ եւ մինչեւ ե՞րբ՝ հակառակ բոլոր հրաշքներուս՝ պիտի չհաւատան ինծի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1111: И сказал Господь Моисею: доколе будет раздражать Меня народ сей? и доколе будет он не верить Мне при всех знамениях, которые делал Я среди его?
14:11 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἕως εως till; until τίνος τις.1 who?; what? παροξύνει παροξυνω goad; irritate με με me ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population οὗτος ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even ἕως εως till; until τίνος τις.1 who?; what? οὐ ου not πιστεύουσίν πιστευω believe; entrust μοι μοι me ἐν εν in πᾶσιν πας all; every τοῖς ο the σημείοις σημειον sign οἷς ος who; what ἐποίησα ποιεω do; make ἐν εν in αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
14:11 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto אָ֥נָה ʔˌānā אָן whither יְנַאֲצֻ֖נִי yᵊnaʔᵃṣˌunî נאץ contemn הָ hā הַ the עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto אָ֨נָה֙ ʔˈānā אָן whither לֹא־ lō- לֹא not יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ yaʔᵃmˈînû אמן be firm בִ֔י vˈî בְּ in בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֹתֹ֔ות ʔōṯˈôṯ אֹות sign אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשִׂ֖יתִי ʕāśˌîṯî עשׂה make בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קִרְבֹּֽו׃ qirbˈô קֶרֶב interior
14:11. et dixit Dominus ad Mosen usquequo detrahet mihi populus iste quousque non credent mihi in omnibus signis quae feci coram eisAnd the Lord said to Moses: How long will this people detract me? how long will they not believe me for all the signs that I have wrought before them?
11. And the LORD said unto Moses, How long will this people despise me? and how long will they not believe in me, for all the signs which I have wrought among them?
14:11. And the Lord said to Moses: “How long will this people disparage me? How long will they refuse to believe me, despite all the signs that I have wrought before them?
14:11. And the LORD said unto Moses, How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me, for all the signs which I have shewed among them?
And the LORD said unto Moses, How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me, for all the signs which I have shewed among them:

11: И сказал Господь Моисею: доколе будет раздражать Меня народ сей? и доколе будет он не верить Мне при всех знамениях, которые делал Я среди его?
14:11
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἕως εως till; until
τίνος τις.1 who?; what?
παροξύνει παροξυνω goad; irritate
με με me
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
οὗτος ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
ἕως εως till; until
τίνος τις.1 who?; what?
οὐ ου not
πιστεύουσίν πιστευω believe; entrust
μοι μοι me
ἐν εν in
πᾶσιν πας all; every
τοῖς ο the
σημείοις σημειον sign
οἷς ος who; what
ἐποίησα ποιεω do; make
ἐν εν in
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
14:11
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
אָ֥נָה ʔˌānā אָן whither
יְנַאֲצֻ֖נִי yᵊnaʔᵃṣˌunî נאץ contemn
הָ הַ the
עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
אָ֨נָה֙ ʔˈānā אָן whither
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ yaʔᵃmˈînû אמן be firm
בִ֔י vˈî בְּ in
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֹתֹ֔ות ʔōṯˈôṯ אֹות sign
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשִׂ֖יתִי ʕāśˌîṯî עשׂה make
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קִרְבֹּֽו׃ qirbˈô קֶרֶב interior
14:11. et dixit Dominus ad Mosen usquequo detrahet mihi populus iste quousque non credent mihi in omnibus signis quae feci coram eis
And the Lord said to Moses: How long will this people detract me? how long will they not believe me for all the signs that I have wrought before them?
14:11. And the Lord said to Moses: “How long will this people disparage me? How long will they refuse to believe me, despite all the signs that I have wrought before them?
14:11. And the LORD said unto Moses, How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me, for all the signs which I have shewed among them?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
11: The Intercession of Moses.B. C. 1490.
11 And the LORD said unto Moses, How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me, for all the signs which I have showed among them? 12 I will smite them with the pestilence, and disinherit them, and will make of thee a greater nation and mightier than they. 13 And Moses said unto the LORD, Then the Egyptians shall hear it, (for thou broughtest up this people in thy might from among them;) 14 And they will tell it to the inhabitants of this land: for they have heard that thou LORD art among this people, that thou LORD art seen face to face, and that thy cloud standeth over them, and that thou goest before them, by day time in a pillar of a cloud, and in a pillar of fire by night. 15 Now if thou shalt kill all this people as one man, then the nations which have heard the fame of thee will speak, saying, 16 Because the LORD was not able to bring this people into the land which he sware unto them, therefore he hath slain them in the wilderness. 17 And now, I beseech thee, let the power of my Lord be great, according as thou hast spoken, saying, 18 The LORD is longsuffering, and of great mercy, forgiving iniquity and transgression, and by no means clearing the guilty, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation. 19 Pardon, I beseech thee, the iniquity of this people according unto the greatness of thy mercy, and as thou hast forgiven this people, from Egypt even until now.
Here is, I. The righteous sentence which God gave against Israel for their murmuring and unbelief, which, though afterwards mitigated, showed what was the desert of their sin and the demand of injured justice, and what would have been done if Moses had not interposed. When the glory of the Lord appeared in the tabernacle we may suppose that Moses took it for a call to him immediately to come and attend there, as before the tabernacle was erected he went up to the mount in a similar case, Exod. xxxii. 30. Thus, while the people were studying to disgrace him, God publicly put honour upon him, as the man of his counsel. Now here we are told what God said to him there.
1. He showed him the great evil of the people's sin, v. 11. What passed between God and Israel went through the hands of Moses: when they were displeased with God they told Moses of it (v. 2); when God was displeased with them he told Moses too, revealing his secret to his servant the prophet, Amos iii. 7. Two things God justly complains of to Moses:-- (1.) Their sin. They provoke me, or (as the word signifies) they reject, reproach, despise me, for they will not believe me. This was the bitter root which bore the gall and wormwood. It was their unbelief that made this a day of provocation in the wilderness, Heb. iii. 8. Note, Distrust of God, of his power and promise, is itself a very great provocation, and at the bottom of many other provocations. Unbelief is a great sin (1 John v. 10), and a root sin, Heb. iii. 12. (2.) Their continuance in it: How long will they do so? Note, The God of heaven keeps an account how long sinners persist in their provocations; and the longer they persist the more he is displeased. The aggravations of their sin were, [1.] Their relation to God: This people, a peculiar people, a professing people. The nearer any are to God in name and profession, the more he is provoked by their sins, especially their unbelief. [2.] The experience they had had of God's power and goodness, in all the signs which he had shown among them, by which, one would think, he had effectually obliged them to trust him and follow him. The more God has done for us the greater is the provocation if we distrust him.
2. He showed him the sentence which justice passed upon them for it, v. 12. "What remains now but that I should make a full end of them? It will soon be done. I will smite them with the pestilence, not leave a man of them alive, but wholly blot out their name and race, and so disinherit them, and be no more troubled with them. Ah, I will ease me of my adversaries. They wish to die; and let them die, and neither root nor branch be left of them. Such rebellious children deserve to be disinherited." And if it be asked, "What will become of God's covenant with Abraham then?" here is an answer, "I shall be preserved in the family of Moses: I will make of thee a greater nation." Thus, (1.) God would try Moses, whether he still continued that affection for Israel which he formerly expressed upon a like occasion, in preferring their interests before the advancement of his own family; and it is proved that Moses was still of the same public spirit, and could not bear the thought of raising his own name upon the ruin of the name of Israel. (2.) God would teach us that he will not be a loser by the ruin of sinners. If Adam and Eve had been cut off and disinherited, he could have made another Adam and another Eve, and have glorified his mercy in them, as here he could have glorified his mercy in Moses, though Israel had been ruined.
II. The humble intercession Moses made for them. Their sin had made a fatal breach in the wall of their defence, at which destruction would certainly have entered if Moses had not seasonably stepped in and made it good. Here he was a type of Christ, who interceded for his persecutors, and prayed for those that despitefully used him, leaving us an example to his own rule, Matt. v. 44.
1. The prayer of his petition is, in one word, Pardon, I beseech thee, the iniquity of this people (v. 19), that is, "Do not bring upon them the ruin they deserve." This was Christ's prayer for those that crucified him, Father forgive them. The pardon of a national sin, as such, consists in the turning away of the national punishment; and that is it for which Moses is here so earnest.
2. The pleas are many, and strongly urged.
(1.) He insists most upon the plea that is taken from the glory of God, v. 13-16. With this he begins, and somewhat abruptly, taking occasion from that dreadful word, I will disinherit them. Lord (says he), then the Egyptians shall hear it. God's honour lay nearer to his heart than any interests of his own. Observe how he orders this cause before God. He pleads, [1.] That the eyes both of Egypt and Canaan were upon them, and great expectations were raised concerning them. They could not but have heard that thou, Lord, art among this people, v. 14. The neighbouring countries rang of it, how much this people were the particular care of heaven, so as never any people under the sun were. [2.] That if they should be cut off great notice would be taken of it. "The Egyptians will hear it (v. 13), for they have their spies among us, and they will tell it to the inhabitants of the land" (v. 14); for there was great correspondence between Egypt and Canaan, although not by the way of this wilderness. "If this people that have made so great a noise be all consumed, if their mighty pretensions come to nothing, and their light go out in a snuff, it will be told with pleasure in Gath, and published in the streets of Askelon; and what construction will the heathen put upon it? It will be impossible to make them understand it as an act of God's justice, and as such redounding to God's honour; brutish men know not this (Ps. xcii. 6): but they will impute it to the failing of God's power, and so turn it to his reproach, v. 16. They will say, He slew them in the wilderness because he was not able to bring them to Canaan, his arm being shortened, and his stock of miracles being spent. Now, Lord, let not one attribute be glorified at the expense of another; rather let mercy rejoice against judgment than that almighty power should be impeached." Note, The best pleas in prayer are those that are taken from God's honour; for they agree with the first petition of the Lord's Prayer, Hallowed be thy name. Do not disgrace the throne of thy glory. God pleads it with himself (Deut. xxxii. 27), I feareth the wrath of the enemy; and we should use it as an argument with ourselves to walk so in every thing as to give no occasion to the enemies of the Lord to blaspheme, 1 Tim. vi. 1.
(2.) He pleads God's proclamation of his name at Horeb (v. 17, 18): Let the power of the Lord be great. Power is here put for pardoning mercy; it is his power over his own anger. If he should destroy them, God's power would be questioned; if he should continue and complete their salvation, notwithstanding the difficulties that arose, not only from the strength of their enemies, but from their own provocations, this would greatly magnify the divine power: what cannot he do who could make so weak a people conquerors and such an unworthy people favourites? The more danger there is of others reproaching God's power the more desirous we should be to see it glorified. To enforce this petition, he refers to the word which God had spoken: The Lord is long-suffering and of great mercy. God's goodness had there been spoken of as his glory; God gloried in it, Exod. xxxiv. 6, 7. Now here he prays that upon this occasion he would glorify it. Note, We must take our encouragement in prayer from the word of God, upon which he has caused us to hope, Ps. cxix. 49. "Lord, be and do according as thou hast spoken; for hast thou spoken, and wilt thou not make it good?" Three things God had solemnly made a declaration of, which Moses here fastens upon, and improves for the enforcing of his petition:-- [1.] The goodness of God's nature in general, that he is long-suffering, or slow to anger, and of great mercy; not soon provoked, but tender and compassionate towards offenders. [2.] His readiness in particular to pardon sin: Forgiving iniquity and transgression, sins of all sorts. [3.] His unwillingness to proceed to extremity, even when he does punish. For in this sense the following words may be read: That will by no means make quite desolate, in visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children. God had indeed said in the second commandment that he would thus visit, but here he promises not to make a full end of families, churches, and nations, at once; and so it is very applicable to this occasion, for Moses cannot beg that God would not at all punish this sin (it would be too great an encouragement to rebellion if he should set no mark of his displeasure upon it), but that he would not kill all this people as one man, v. 15. He does not ask that they may not be corrected, but that they may not be disinherited. And this proclamation of God's name was the more apposite to his purpose because it was made upon occasion of the pardoning of their sin in making the golden calf. This sin which they had now fallen into was bad enough, but it was not idolatry.
(3.) He pleads past experience: As thou hast forgiven this people from Egypt, v. 19. This seemed to make against him. Why should those be forgiven any more who, after they had been so often forgiven, revolted yet more and more, and seemed hardened and encouraged in their rebellion by the lenity and patience of their God, and the frequent pardons they had obtained? Among men it would have been thought impolitic to take notice of such a circumstance in a request of this nature, as it might operate to the prejudice of the petitioner: but, as in other things so in pardoning sin, God's thoughts and ways are infinitely above ours, Isa. lv. 9. Moses looks upon it as a good plea, Lord, forgive, as thou hast forgiven. It will be no more a reproach to thy justice, nor any less the praise of thy mercy, to forgive now, than it has been formerly. Therefore the sons of Jacob are not consumed, because they have to do with a God that changes not, Mal. iii. 6.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:11: How long will this: Num 14:27; Exo 10:3, Exo 16:28; Pro 1:22; Jer 4:14; Hos 8:5; Zac 8:14; Mat 17:17
provoke: Num 14:23; Deu 9:7, Deu 9:8, Deu 9:22, Deu 9:23; Psa 95:8; Heb 3:8, Heb 3:16
believe me: Deu 1:32; Psa 78:22, Psa 78:32, Psa 78:41, Psa 78:42, Psa 106:24; Mar 9:19; Joh 10:38, Joh 12:37; Joh 15:24; Heb 3:18
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:11
Intercession of Moses. - Num 14:11, Num 14:12. Jehovah resented the conduct of the people as base contempt of His deity, and as utter mistrust of Him, notwithstanding all the signs which He had wrought in the midst of the nation; and declared that He would smite the rebellious people with pestilence, and destroy them, and make of Moses a greater and still mightier people. This was just what He had done before, when the rebellion took place at Sinai (Ex 32:10). But Moses, as a servant who was faithful over the whole house of God, and therefore sought not his own honour, but the honour of his God alone, stood in the breach on this occasion also (Ps 106:23), with a similar intercessory prayer to that which he had presented at Horeb, except that on this occasion he pleaded the honour of God among the heathen, and the glorious revelation of the divine nature with which he had been favoured at Sinai, as a motive for sparing the rebellious nation (Num 14:13-19; cf. Ex 32:11-13, and Ex 34:6-7). The first he expressed in these words (Num 14:13.): "Not only have the Egyptians heard that Thou hast brought out this people from among them with Thy might; they have also told it to the inhabitants of this land. They (the Egyptians and the other nations) have heard that Thou, Jehovah, art in the midst of this people; that Thou, Jehovah, appearest eye to eye, and Thy cloud stands over them, and Thou goest before them in a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night. Now, if Thou shouldst slay this people as one man, the nations which have heard the tidings of Thee would say, Because Jehovah was not able to bring this people into the land which He sware to them, He has slain them in the desert." In that case God would be regarded by the heathen as powerless, and His honour would be impaired (cf. Deut 32:27; Josh 7:9). It was for the sake of His own honour that God, at a later time, did not allow the Israelites to perish in exile (cf. Is 48:9, Is 48:11; Is 52:5; Ezek 36:22-23). - ואמרוּ...ושׁמעוּ (Num 14:13, Num 14:14), et audierunt et dixerunt; ו - ו = et - et, both - and. The inhabitants of this land (Num 14:13) were not merely the Arabians, but, according to Ex 15:14., the tribes dwelling in and round Arabia, the Philistines, Edomites, Moabites, and Canaanites, to whom the tidings had been brought of the miracles of God in Egypt and at the Dead Sea. שׁמעוּ, in Num 14:14, can neither stand for שׁמעוּ כּי (dixerunt) se audivisse, nor for שׁמעוּ אשׁר, qui audierunt. They are neither of them grammatically admissible, as the relative pronoun cannot be readily omitted in prose; and neither of them would give a really suitable meaning. It is rather a rhetorical resumption of the שׁמעוּ in Num 14:13, and the subject of the verb is not only "the Egyptians," but also "the inhabitants of this land" who held communication with the Egyptians, or "the nations" who had heard the report of Jehovah (Num 14:15), i.e., all that God had hitherto done for and among the Israelites in Egypt, and on the journey through the desert. "Eye to eye:" i.e., Thou hast appeared to them in the closest proximity. On the pillar of cloud and fire, see at Ex 13:21-22. "As one man," equivalent to "with a stroke" (Judg 6:16). - In Num 14:17, Num 14:18, Moses adduces a second argument, viz., the word in which God Himself had revealed His inmost being to him at Sinai (Ex 34:6-7). The words, "Let the power be great," equivalent to "show Thyself great in power," are not to be connected with what precedes, but with what follows; viz., "show Thyself mighty by verifying Thy word, 'Jehovah, long-suffering and great in mercy,' etc.; forgive, I beseech Thee, this people according to the greatness of Thy mercy, and as Thou hast forgiven this people from Egypt even until now." נשׁא (Num 14:19) = עון נשׁא (Num 14:18).
John Gill
14:11 And the Lord said unto Moses,.... Out of the cloud upon the tabernacle:
how long will this people provoke me? which suggests that they had often provoked him, and had done it long ago, and still continued to do so; and he had long bore their provocations; but it was not reasonable, nor could it be expected by Moses or any other, that he would bear them much longer:
and how long will it be ere they believe me; unbelief was a sin they had often and long been guilty of, and which greatly prevailed among them, and was the root of all their murmurings, mutiny, and rebellion; and what was highly provoking to the Lord, since they ought to have believed him, and that he was able to make good, and would make good his promises to them:
for all the signs which I have showed among them; the wonders and miracles he had wrought in Egypt, at the Red sea, and in the wilderness, and in their sight; on account of which they should have given credit to his word, and which were strong aggravations of their unbelief; and is the true reason why they entered not into the good land, Heb 3:18.
14:1214:12: Թո՛յլ տուր ինձ՝ եւ հարի՛ց զդոսա մահուամբ, եւ կորուսի՛ց զդոսա. եւ զքեզ եւ զտո՛ւն հօր քոյ արարից յա՛զգ մեծ եւ ՚ի բազում քան զայդ։
12 Թո՛յլ տուր ինձ, որ հարուածեմ մահուամբ եւ կորստեան մատնեմ նրանց, իսկ քեզ ու քո հօր տունը այս ժողովրդից աւելի մեծ ու բազմանդամ դարձնեմ»:
12 Ես զանոնք ժանտախտով պիտի զարնեմ ու կորսնցնեմ զանոնք եւ քեզ անոնցմէ աւելի մեծ ու զօրաւոր ազգ մը պիտի ընեմ»։
[219]Թոյլ տուր ինձ` եւ`` հարից զդոսա մահուամբ, եւ կորուսից զդոսա. եւ զքեզ [220]եւ զտուն հօր քո`` արարից յազգ մեծ եւ ի [221]բազում քան զայդ:

14:12: Թո՛յլ տուր ինձ՝ եւ հարի՛ց զդոսա մահուամբ, եւ կորուսի՛ց զդոսա. եւ զքեզ եւ զտո՛ւն հօր քոյ արարից յա՛զգ մեծ եւ ՚ի բազում քան զայդ։
12 Թո՛յլ տուր ինձ, որ հարուածեմ մահուամբ եւ կորստեան մատնեմ նրանց, իսկ քեզ ու քո հօր տունը այս ժողովրդից աւելի մեծ ու բազմանդամ դարձնեմ»:
12 Ես զանոնք ժանտախտով պիտի զարնեմ ու կորսնցնեմ զանոնք եւ քեզ անոնցմէ աւելի մեծ ու զօրաւոր ազգ մը պիտի ընեմ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1212: поражу его язвою и истреблю его и произведу от тебя народ многочисленнее и сильнее его.
14:12 πατάξω πατασσω pat; impact αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him θανάτῳ θανατος death καὶ και and; even ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ποιήσω ποιεω do; make σὲ σε.1 you καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the οἶκον οικος home; household τοῦ ο the πατρός πατηρ father σου σου of you; your εἰς εις into; for ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste μέγα μεγας great; loud καὶ και and; even πολὺ πολυς much; many μᾶλλον μαλλον rather; more ἢ η or; than τοῦτο ουτος this; he
14:12 אַכֶּ֥נּוּ ʔakkˌennû נכה strike בַ va בְּ in † הַ the דֶּ֖בֶר ddˌever דֶּבֶר pest וְ wᵊ וְ and אֹורִשֶׁ֑נּוּ ʔôrišˈennû ירשׁ trample down וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶֽעֱשֶׂה֙ ʔˈeʕᵉśeh עשׂה make אֹֽתְךָ֔ ʔˈōṯᵊḵˈā אֵת [object marker] לְ lᵊ לְ to גֹוי־ ḡôy- גֹּוי people גָּדֹ֥ול gāḏˌôl גָּדֹול great וְ wᵊ וְ and עָצ֖וּם ʕāṣˌûm עָצוּם mighty מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃ mimmˈennû מִן from
14:12. feriam igitur eos pestilentia atque consumam te autem faciam principem super gentem magnam et fortiorem quam haec estI will strike them therefore with pestilence, and will consume them: but thee I will make a ruler over a great nation, and a mightier than this is.
12. I will smite them with the pestilence, and disinherit them, and will make of thee a nation greater and mightier than they.
14:12. Therefore, I will strike them with a pestilence, and so I will consume them. But you I will make the ruler over a great nation, and one which is mightier than this one.”
14:12. I will smite them with the pestilence, and disinherit them, and will make of thee a greater nation and mightier than they.
I will smite them with the pestilence, and disinherit them, and will make of thee a greater nation and mightier than they:

12: поражу его язвою и истреблю его и произведу от тебя народ многочисленнее и сильнее его.
14:12
πατάξω πατασσω pat; impact
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
θανάτῳ θανατος death
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ποιήσω ποιεω do; make
σὲ σε.1 you
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
οἶκον οικος home; household
τοῦ ο the
πατρός πατηρ father
σου σου of you; your
εἰς εις into; for
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
μέγα μεγας great; loud
καὶ και and; even
πολὺ πολυς much; many
μᾶλλον μαλλον rather; more
η or; than
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
14:12
אַכֶּ֥נּוּ ʔakkˌennû נכה strike
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
דֶּ֖בֶר ddˌever דֶּבֶר pest
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֹורִשֶׁ֑נּוּ ʔôrišˈennû ירשׁ trample down
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶֽעֱשֶׂה֙ ʔˈeʕᵉśeh עשׂה make
אֹֽתְךָ֔ ʔˈōṯᵊḵˈā אֵת [object marker]
לְ lᵊ לְ to
גֹוי־ ḡôy- גֹּוי people
גָּדֹ֥ול gāḏˌôl גָּדֹול great
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָצ֖וּם ʕāṣˌûm עָצוּם mighty
מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃ mimmˈennû מִן from
14:12. feriam igitur eos pestilentia atque consumam te autem faciam principem super gentem magnam et fortiorem quam haec est
I will strike them therefore with pestilence, and will consume them: but thee I will make a ruler over a great nation, and a mightier than this is.
14:12. Therefore, I will strike them with a pestilence, and so I will consume them. But you I will make the ruler over a great nation, and one which is mightier than this one.”
14:12. I will smite them with the pestilence, and disinherit them, and will make of thee a greater nation and mightier than they.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:12: And disinherit them - By the proposed extinction of Israel the blessings of the covenant would Rev_ert to their original donor.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:12: smite: Num 16:46-49, Num 25:9; Exo 5:3; Sa2 24:1, Sa2 24:12-15
will make: Exo 32:10
John Gill
14:12 I will smite them with the pestilence, and disinherit them,.... Deprive them of inhabiting the land; so as many as died of the pestilence were even all the spies who brought an evil report of the good land, Num 14:37; with respect to the body of the people, this is to be considered not as a peremptory decree or a determined point; but is delivered partly by way of proposal to Moses, to draw out from him what he would say to it; and partly by way of threatening to the people, to bring them to a sense of their sin and repentance for it:
and will make of thee a greater nation, and mightier than they: this anticipates an objection that might be made, should the people of Israel be cut off by the plague, and so disinherited of the land of Canaan, what will become of the oath of God made to their fathers? to which the answer is, it would be fulfilled in making the posterity of Moses as great or a greater and more powerful nation than Israel now was, and by introducing them into the land of Canaan, who would be of the seed of the fathers of Israel, as Jarchi observes, as those people were; and this was said to prove Moses, and try his affection to the people of Israel; and give him an opportunity of showing his public and disinterested spirit.
John Wesley
14:12 I will smite them - This was not an absolute determination, but a commination, like that of Nineveh's destruction, with a condition implied, except there be speedy repentance, or powerful intercession.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:12 the Lord said, . . . I will smite them with the pestilence--not a final decree, but a threatening, suspended, as appeared from the issue, on the intercession of Moses and the repentance of Israel.
14:1314:13: Եւ ասէ Մովսէս ցՏէր. Իսկ արդ՝ լսիցեն Եգիպտացիքն՝ եթէ դու հաներ զօրութեամբ քո մեծաւ զժողովուրդս զայս ՚ի նոցանէ.
13 Մովսէսն ասաց Տիրոջը. «Այժմ եգիպտացիները իմացան, որ դու ես քո մեծ ուժով այս ժողովրդին հանել իրենց միջից,
13 Մովսէս ըսաւ Տէրոջը. «Այն ատեն Եգիպտացիները պիտի լսեն. (քանզի դուն քու ուժովդ այս ժողովուրդը անոնց մէջէն հանեցիր.)
Եւ ասէ Մովսէս ցՏէր. Իսկ արդ լսիցեն Եգիպտացիքն եթէ դու հաներ զօրութեամբ քո [222]մեծաւ զժողովուրդս զայս ի նոցանէ:

14:13: Եւ ասէ Մովսէս ցՏէր. Իսկ արդ՝ լսիցեն Եգիպտացիքն՝ եթէ դու հաներ զօրութեամբ քո մեծաւ զժողովուրդս զայս ՚ի նոցանէ.
13 Մովսէսն ասաց Տիրոջը. «Այժմ եգիպտացիները իմացան, որ դու ես քո մեծ ուժով այս ժողովրդին հանել իրենց միջից,
13 Մովսէս ըսաւ Տէրոջը. «Այն ատեն Եգիպտացիները պիտի լսեն. (քանզի դուն քու ուժովդ այս ժողովուրդը անոնց մէջէն հանեցիր.)
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1313: Но Моисей сказал Господу: услышат Египтяне, из среды которых Ты силою Твоею вывел народ сей,
14:13 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs πρὸς προς to; toward κύριον κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even ἀκούσεται ακουω hear Αἴγυπτος αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos ὅτι οτι since; that ἀνήγαγες αναγω lead up; head up τῇ ο the ἰσχύι ισχυς force σου σου of you; your τὸν ο the λαὸν λαος populace; population τοῦτον ουτος this; he ἐξ εκ from; out of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
14:13 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁמְע֣וּ šāmᵊʕˈû שׁמע hear מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that הֶעֱלִ֧יתָ heʕᵉlˈîṯā עלה ascend בְ vᵊ בְּ in כֹחֲךָ֛ ḵōḥᵃḵˈā כֹּחַ strength אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עָ֥ם ʕˌām עַם people הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this מִ mi מִן from קִּרְבֹּֽו׃ qqirbˈô קֶרֶב interior
14:13. et ait Moses ad Dominum ut audiant Aegyptii de quorum medio eduxisti populum istumAnd Moses said to the Lord: That the Egyptians, from the midst of whom thou hast brought forth this people,
13. And Moses said unto the LORD, Then the Egyptians shall hear it; for thou broughtest up this people in thy might from among them;
14:13. And Moses said to the Lord: “But then the Egyptians, from whose midst you led out this people,
14:13. And Moses said unto the LORD, Then the Egyptians shall hear [it], (for thou broughtest up this people in thy might from among them;)
And Moses said unto the LORD, Then the Egyptians shall hear [it], ( for thou broughtest up this people in thy might from among them:

13: Но Моисей сказал Господу: услышат Египтяне, из среды которых Ты силою Твоею вывел народ сей,
14:13
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
πρὸς προς to; toward
κύριον κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
ἀκούσεται ακουω hear
Αἴγυπτος αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἀνήγαγες αναγω lead up; head up
τῇ ο the
ἰσχύι ισχυς force
σου σου of you; your
τὸν ο the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
τοῦτον ουτος this; he
ἐξ εκ from; out of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
14:13
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁמְע֣וּ šāmᵊʕˈû שׁמע hear
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
הֶעֱלִ֧יתָ heʕᵉlˈîṯā עלה ascend
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
כֹחֲךָ֛ ḵōḥᵃḵˈā כֹּחַ strength
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עָ֥ם ʕˌām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this
מִ mi מִן from
קִּרְבֹּֽו׃ qqirbˈô קֶרֶב interior
14:13. et ait Moses ad Dominum ut audiant Aegyptii de quorum medio eduxisti populum istum
And Moses said to the Lord: That the Egyptians, from the midst of whom thou hast brought forth this people,
14:13. And Moses said to the Lord: “But then the Egyptians, from whose midst you led out this people,
14:13. And Moses said unto the LORD, Then the Egyptians shall hear [it], (for thou broughtest up this people in thy might from among them;)
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:13: The syntax of these verses is singularly broken. As did Paul when deeply moved, so Moses presses his arguments one on the other without pausing to ascertain the grammatical finish of his expressions. He speaks here as if in momentary apprehension of an outbreak of God's wrath, unless he could perhaps arrest it by crowding in every topic of deprecation and intercession that he could mention on the instant.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:13: And Moses said unto the Lord: From this verse to Num 14:19, inclusive, we have the words of the earnest intercession of Moses. they need no explanation; they are full of simplicity and energy.
Then the: Exo 32:12; Deu 9:26-28, Deu 32:27; Jos 7:8, Jos 7:9; Psa 106:23; Eze 20:9, Eze 20:14
John Gill
14:13 And Moses said unto the Lord,.... In an abrupt manner, as the following words show, his mind being greatly disturbed and distressed by the above threatening:
then the Egyptians shall hear it; that the Lord had smitten the Israelites with the pestilence; the Targum of Jonathan interprets it of the children of the Egyptians who were suffocated in the sea:
for thou broughtest up this people in thy might from among them; they were once sojourners among them, and slaves unto them, and they were delivered from them by the mighty hand of the Lord upon the Egyptians, destroying their firstborn; and therefore when they shall hear that the Israelites were all destroyed at once by a pestilence in the wilderness, it will be a pleasure to them, as follows.
14:1414:14: այլ եւ ամենայն բնակիչք երկրիս այսորիկ լսիցեն՝ թէ դո՛ւ Տէր ՚ի ժողովրդեանս յայսմիկ ես՝ որ դէ՛մ յանդիման երեւիս դու Տէր. եւ ամպ քո կա՛յ ՚ի վերայ դոցա. եւ սեամբ ամպոյ երթա՛ս դու առաջի դոցա ՚ի տուէ, եւ սեամբ հրոյ ՚ի գիշերի[1312]. [1312] Ոսկան. Որոց դէմ յանդիման ե՛՛։
14 եւ այս երկրի ամբողջ բնակիչները հասու են դարձել, որ դու ես այս ժողովրդի մէջ այն Տէրը, որ դէմ յանդիման ես երեւում: Տէ՜ր, քո ամպը հովանի է նրանց վրայ, եւ ցերեկը դու ես սիւնակերպ ամպի մէջ գնում նրանց առաջից, իսկ գիշերը՝ կրակէ սեան նման:
14 Եւ անոնք պիտի պատմեն այս երկրին բնակիչներուն. քանզի անոնք լսած են որ դուն, ո՛վ Տէր, այս ժողովուրդին մէջտեղն ես, որ դուն, ո՛վ Տէր, դէմ առ դէմ կը տեսնուիս եւ որ քու ամպդ անոնց վրայ կը կենայ եւ որ ցորեկը ամպի սիւնով ու գիշերը կրակի սիւնով կը քալես անոնց առջեւէն։
այլ եւ ամենայն բնակիչք երկրիս այսորիկ լսիցեն թէ դու, Տէր, ի ժողովրդեանս յայսմիկ ես որ դէմ յանդիման երեւիս դու, Տէր, եւ ամպ քո կայ ի վերայ դոցա, եւ սեամբ ամպոյ երթաս դու առաջի դոցա ի տուէ, եւ սեամբ հրոյ ի գիշերի:

14:14: այլ եւ ամենայն բնակիչք երկրիս այսորիկ լսիցեն՝ թէ դո՛ւ Տէր ՚ի ժողովրդեանս յայսմիկ ես՝ որ դէ՛մ յանդիման երեւիս դու Տէր. եւ ամպ քո կա՛յ ՚ի վերայ դոցա. եւ սեամբ ամպոյ երթա՛ս դու առաջի դոցա ՚ի տուէ, եւ սեամբ հրոյ ՚ի գիշերի[1312].
[1312] Ոսկան. Որոց դէմ յանդիման ե՛՛։
14 եւ այս երկրի ամբողջ բնակիչները հասու են դարձել, որ դու ես այս ժողովրդի մէջ այն Տէրը, որ դէմ յանդիման ես երեւում: Տէ՜ր, քո ամպը հովանի է նրանց վրայ, եւ ցերեկը դու ես սիւնակերպ ամպի մէջ գնում նրանց առաջից, իսկ գիշերը՝ կրակէ սեան նման:
14 Եւ անոնք պիտի պատմեն այս երկրին բնակիչներուն. քանզի անոնք լսած են որ դուն, ո՛վ Տէր, այս ժողովուրդին մէջտեղն ես, որ դուն, ո՛վ Տէր, դէմ առ դէմ կը տեսնուիս եւ որ քու ամպդ անոնց վրայ կը կենայ եւ որ ցորեկը ամպի սիւնով ու գիշերը կրակի սիւնով կը քալես անոնց առջեւէն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1414: и скажут жителям земли сей, которые слышали, что Ты, Господь, находишься среди народа сего, и что Ты, Господь, даешь им видеть Себя лицем к лицу, и облако Твое стоит над ними, и Ты идешь пред ними днем в столпе облачном, а ночью в столпе огненном;
14:14 ἀλλὰ αλλα but καὶ και and; even πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the κατοικοῦντες κατοικεω settle ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ταύτης ουτος this; he ἀκηκόασιν ακουω hear ὅτι οτι since; that σὺ συ you εἶ ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐν εν in τῷ ο the λαῷ λαος populace; population τούτῳ ουτος this; he ὅστις οστις who; that ὀφθαλμοῖς οφθαλμος eye; sight κατ᾿ κατα down; by ὀφθαλμοὺς οφθαλμος eye; sight ὀπτάζῃ οπταζομαι lord; master καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the νεφέλη νεφελη cloud σου σου of you; your ἐφέστηκεν εφιστημι stand over / by; get attention ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in στύλῳ στυλος pillar νεφέλης νεφελη cloud σὺ συ you πορεύῃ πορευομαι travel; go πρότερος προτερος earlier αὐτῶν αυτος he; him τὴν ο the ἡμέραν ημερα day καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in στύλῳ στυλος pillar πυρὸς πυρ fire τὴν ο the νύκτα νυξ night
14:14 וְ wᵊ וְ and אָמְר֗וּ ʔāmᵊrˈû אמר say אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to יֹושֵׁב֮ yôšēv ישׁב sit הָ hā הַ the אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the זֹּאת֒ zzōṯ זֹאת this שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ šˈāmᵊʕû שׁמע hear כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אַתָּ֣ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קֶ֖רֶב qˌerev קֶרֶב interior הָ hā הַ the עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַ֨יִן ʕˌayin עַיִן eye בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עַ֜יִן ʕˈayin עַיִן eye נִרְאָ֣ה׀ nirʔˈā ראה see אַתָּ֣ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וַ wa וְ and עֲנָֽנְךָ֙ ʕᵃnˈānᵊḵā עָנָן cloud עֹמֵ֣ד ʕōmˈēḏ עמד stand עֲלֵהֶ֔ם ʕᵃlēhˈem עַל upon וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in עַמֻּ֣ד ʕammˈuḏ עַמּוּד pillar עָנָ֗ן ʕānˈān עָנָן cloud אַתָּ֨ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you הֹלֵ֤ךְ hōlˈēḵ הלך walk לִ li לְ to פְנֵיהֶם֙ fᵊnêhˌem פָּנֶה face יֹומָ֔ם yômˈām יֹומָם by day וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in עַמּ֥וּד ʕammˌûḏ עַמּוּד pillar אֵ֖שׁ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire לָֽיְלָה׃ lˈāyᵊlā לַיְלָה night
14:14. et habitatores terrae huius qui audierunt quod tu Domine in populo isto sis et facie videaris ad faciem et nubes tua protegat illos et in columna nubis praecedas eos per diem et in columna ignis per noctemAnd the inhabitants of this land, (who have heard that thou, O Lord, art among this people, and art seen face to face, and thy cloud protecteth them, and thou goest before them in a pillar of a cloud by day, and in a pillar of fire by night,)
14. and they will tell it to the inhabitants of this land: they have heard that thou LORD art in the midst of this people; for thou LORD art seen face to face, and thy cloud standeth over them, and thou goest before them, in a pillar of cloud by day, and in a pillar of fire by night.
14:14. and the inhabitants of this land, who have heard that you, O Lord, are among this people, and that you are seen face to face, and that your cloud protects them, and that you go before them with a column of cloud by day, and a column of fire by night,
14:14. And they will tell [it] to the inhabitants of this land: [for] they have heard that thou LORD [art] among this people, that thou LORD art seen face to face, and [that] thy cloud standeth over them, and [that] thou goest before them, by day time in a pillar of a cloud, and in a pillar of fire by night.
And they will tell [it] to the inhabitants of this land: [for] they have heard that thou LORD [art] among this people, that thou LORD art seen face to face, and [that] thy cloud standeth over them, and [that] thou goest before them, by day time in a pillar of a cloud, and in a pillar of fire by night:

14: и скажут жителям земли сей, которые слышали, что Ты, Господь, находишься среди народа сего, и что Ты, Господь, даешь им видеть Себя лицем к лицу, и облако Твое стоит над ними, и Ты идешь пред ними днем в столпе облачном, а ночью в столпе огненном;
14:14
ἀλλὰ αλλα but
καὶ και and; even
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
κατοικοῦντες κατοικεω settle
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ταύτης ουτος this; he
ἀκηκόασιν ακουω hear
ὅτι οτι since; that
σὺ συ you
εἶ ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
λαῷ λαος populace; population
τούτῳ ουτος this; he
ὅστις οστις who; that
ὀφθαλμοῖς οφθαλμος eye; sight
κατ᾿ κατα down; by
ὀφθαλμοὺς οφθαλμος eye; sight
ὀπτάζῃ οπταζομαι lord; master
καὶ και and; even
ο the
νεφέλη νεφελη cloud
σου σου of you; your
ἐφέστηκεν εφιστημι stand over / by; get attention
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
στύλῳ στυλος pillar
νεφέλης νεφελη cloud
σὺ συ you
πορεύῃ πορευομαι travel; go
πρότερος προτερος earlier
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
τὴν ο the
ἡμέραν ημερα day
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
στύλῳ στυλος pillar
πυρὸς πυρ fire
τὴν ο the
νύκτα νυξ night
14:14
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָמְר֗וּ ʔāmᵊrˈû אמר say
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
יֹושֵׁב֮ yôšēv ישׁב sit
הָ הַ the
אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּאת֒ zzōṯ זֹאת this
שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ šˈāmᵊʕû שׁמע hear
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אַתָּ֣ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קֶ֖רֶב qˌerev קֶרֶב interior
הָ הַ the
עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַ֨יִן ʕˌayin עַיִן eye
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עַ֜יִן ʕˈayin עַיִן eye
נִרְאָ֣ה׀ nirʔˈā ראה see
אַתָּ֣ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you
יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וַ wa וְ and
עֲנָֽנְךָ֙ ʕᵃnˈānᵊḵā עָנָן cloud
עֹמֵ֣ד ʕōmˈēḏ עמד stand
עֲלֵהֶ֔ם ʕᵃlēhˈem עַל upon
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
עַמֻּ֣ד ʕammˈuḏ עַמּוּד pillar
עָנָ֗ן ʕānˈān עָנָן cloud
אַתָּ֨ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
הֹלֵ֤ךְ hōlˈēḵ הלך walk
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵיהֶם֙ fᵊnêhˌem פָּנֶה face
יֹומָ֔ם yômˈām יֹומָם by day
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
עַמּ֥וּד ʕammˌûḏ עַמּוּד pillar
אֵ֖שׁ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire
לָֽיְלָה׃ lˈāyᵊlā לַיְלָה night
14:14. et habitatores terrae huius qui audierunt quod tu Domine in populo isto sis et facie videaris ad faciem et nubes tua protegat illos et in columna nubis praecedas eos per diem et in columna ignis per noctem
And the inhabitants of this land, (who have heard that thou, O Lord, art among this people, and art seen face to face, and thy cloud protecteth them, and thou goest before them in a pillar of a cloud by day, and in a pillar of fire by night,)
14:14. and the inhabitants of this land, who have heard that you, O Lord, are among this people, and that you are seen face to face, and that your cloud protects them, and that you go before them with a column of cloud by day, and a column of fire by night,
14:14. And they will tell [it] to the inhabitants of this land: [for] they have heard that thou LORD [art] among this people, that thou LORD art seen face to face, and [that] thy cloud standeth over them, and [that] thou goest before them, by day time in a pillar of a cloud, and in a pillar of fire by night.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:14: That thy cloud standeth over them - This cloud, the symbol of the Divine glory, and proof of the Divine presence, appears to have assumed three different forms for three important purposes.
1. It appeared by day in the form of a pillar of a sufficient height to be seen by all the camp, and thus went before them to point out their way in the desert. Exo 40:38.
2. It appeared by night as a pillar of fire to give them light while travelling by night, which they probably sometimes did; (see Num 9:21); or to illuminate their tents in their encampment; Exo 13:21, Exo 13:22.
3. It stood at certain times above the whole congregation, overshadowing them from the scorching rays of the sun; and probably at other times condensed the vapours, and precipitated rain or dew for the refreshment of the people. He spread a cloud for their covering; and fire to give light in the night; Psa 105:39. It was probably from this circumstance that the shadow of the Lord was used to signify the Divine protection, not only by the Jews, but also by other Asiatic nations. See the note on Num 14:9, and see particularly the note on Exo 13:21 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:14: they have: Exo 15:14; Jos 2:9, Jos 2:10, Jos 5:1
art seen: Num 12:8; Gen 32:30; Exo 33:11; Deu 5:4, Deu 34:10; Joh 1:18, Joh 14:9; Co1 13:12; Jo1 3:2
thy cloud: Num 9:15-21, Num 10:34; Exo 13:21, Exo 13:22, Exo 40:38; Neh 9:12, Neh 9:19; Psa 78:14, Psa 105:39
John Gill
14:14 And they will tell it to the inhabitants of this land,.... The land of Canaan, between which and Egypt there was an intercourse, though not by the way of the wilderness, being neighbours, and their original ancestors brethren, as Mizraim and Canaan were; or "they will say" (t), and that with joy, as the Targum of Jonathan adds; but what they would say does not appear so plain; either it was that the Israelites were killed in the wilderness, a tale they would tell with pleasure; but that the Canaanites would hear of doubtless before them, and not need their information, since the Israelites were upon their borders; or that the Lord had brought them out of Egypt indeed, but could carry them no further, could not introduce them into the land he had promised them; or rather they would say to them what follows, for the preposition "for" is not in the text, and may be omitted; and so the sense is, they will tell them:
they have heard that thou Lord art among this people; in the tabernacle that was in the midst of them, in the most holy place of it:
that thou Lord art seen face to face: as he was by Moses, who was at the head of them:
and that thy cloud standeth over them; and sheltered and protected them from the heat of the sun in the daytime, when it rested upon them in their encampment:
and that thou goest before them, by daytime in a pillar of a cloud,
and in a pillar of fire by night; in their journeys; they will tell of those favours thou hast shown Israel; and yet, after all, will observe that thou hast destroyed them, which will not redound to thine honour and glory.
(t) "et dicent", Pagninus, Montanus, Drusius, &c.
14:1514:15: եւ սատակիցես զժողովուրդս քո զայս՝ իբրեւ զա՛յր մի։ Եւ խօսեսցին ազգքն որ լուան զանուանէ քումմէ, եւ ասիցեն.
15 Արդ, եթէ դու այդ ժողովրդին մի մարդու պէս ոչնչացնես, ապա քո անունը լսած ազգերը կ’ասեն.
15 Հիմա եթէ այս ժողովուրդը մէկ մարդու պէս մեռցնելու ըլլաս, քու համբաւդ լսող ազգերը պիտի ըսեն՝
Եւ սատակիցես զժողովուրդս քո զայս իբրեւ զայր մի, եւ խօսիցին ազգքն որ լուան զանուանէ քումմէ, եւ ասիցեն:

14:15: եւ սատակիցես զժողովուրդս քո զայս՝ իբրեւ զա՛յր մի։ Եւ խօսեսցին ազգքն որ լուան զանուանէ քումմէ, եւ ասիցեն.
15 Արդ, եթէ դու այդ ժողովրդին մի մարդու պէս ոչնչացնես, ապա քո անունը լսած ազգերը կ’ասեն.
15 Հիմա եթէ այս ժողովուրդը մէկ մարդու պէս մեռցնելու ըլլաս, քու համբաւդ լսող ազգերը պիտի ըսեն՝
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1515: и если Ты истребишь народ сей, как одного человека, то народы, которые слышали славу Твою, скажут:
14:15 καὶ και and; even ἐκτρίψεις εκτριβω the λαὸν λαος populace; population τοῦτον ουτος this; he ὡσεὶ ωσει as if; about ἄνθρωπον ανθρωπος person; human ἕνα εις.1 one; unit καὶ και and; even ἐροῦσιν ερεω.1 state; mentioned τὰ ο the ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as ἀκηκόασιν ακουω hear τὸ ο the ὄνομά ονομα name; notable σου σου of you; your λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
14:15 וְ wᵊ וְ and הֵמַתָּ֛ה hēmattˈā מות die אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עָ֥ם ʕˌām עַם people הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this כְּ kᵊ כְּ as אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man אֶחָ֑ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one וְ wᵊ וְ and אָֽמְרוּ֙ ʔˈāmᵊrû אמר say הַ ha הַ the גֹּויִ֔ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] שָׁמְע֥וּ šāmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שִׁמְעֲךָ֖ šimʕᵃḵˌā שֵׁמַע hearsay לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
14:15. quod occideris tantam multitudinem quasi unum hominem et dicantMay hear that thou hast killed so great a multitude as it were one man and may say:
15. Now if thou shalt kill this people as one man, then the nations which have heard the fame of thee will speak, saying,
14:15. may hear that you have killed so great a multitude, as if they were one man, and they may say:
14:15. Now [if] thou shalt kill [all] this people as one man, then the nations which have heard the fame of thee will speak, saying,
Now [if] thou shalt kill [all] this people as one man, then the nations which have heard the fame of thee will speak, saying:

15: и если Ты истребишь народ сей, как одного человека, то народы, которые слышали славу Твою, скажут:
14:15
καὶ και and; even
ἐκτρίψεις εκτριβω the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
τοῦτον ουτος this; he
ὡσεὶ ωσει as if; about
ἄνθρωπον ανθρωπος person; human
ἕνα εις.1 one; unit
καὶ και and; even
ἐροῦσιν ερεω.1 state; mentioned
τὰ ο the
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as
ἀκηκόασιν ακουω hear
τὸ ο the
ὄνομά ονομα name; notable
σου σου of you; your
λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
14:15
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֵמַתָּ֛ה hēmattˈā מות die
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עָ֥ם ʕˌām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
אֶחָ֑ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָֽמְרוּ֙ ʔˈāmᵊrû אמר say
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּויִ֔ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שָׁמְע֥וּ šāmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear
אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שִׁמְעֲךָ֖ šimʕᵃḵˌā שֵׁמַע hearsay
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
14:15. quod occideris tantam multitudinem quasi unum hominem et dicant
May hear that thou hast killed so great a multitude as it were one man and may say:
14:15. may hear that you have killed so great a multitude, as if they were one man, and they may say:
14:15. Now [if] thou shalt kill [all] this people as one man, then the nations which have heard the fame of thee will speak, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:15: Jdg 6:16
Geneva 1599
14:15 Now [if] thou shalt kill [all] this people as (g) one man, then the nations which have heard the fame of thee will speak, saying,
(g) So that none shall escape.
John Gill
14:15 Now if thou shall kill all this people, as one man,.... Suddenly, and at once, as might be done by a pestilence; and as 185,000 were smitten at once, and as thought by the same disease, by the Angel of the Lord in the camp of the Assyrians, in later times, 4Kings 19:35,
then the nations which have heard the fame of thee; the Egyptians, Canaanites, and others, as Aben Ezra observes; who had heard the report of the wonderful things done by him for Israel, and of the great favours he had bestowed upon them, and so of his power, and goodness, and other perfections displayed therein, which made him appear to be preferable to all the gods of the Gentiles:
will speak, saying; as follows.
14:1614:16: Վասն զի ո՛չ կարէր տանել Տէր զժողովուրդն զայն՝ յերկիրն զոր երդուաւ նոցա, արկ զնոսա տապա՛ստ յանապատի անդ[1313]։ [1313] Ոմանք. Ոչ կարէր Տէր տանել... եւ արկ զնոսա տա՛՛։
16 “Քանի որ Տէրը չկարողացաւ այս ժողովրդին տանել իր խոստացած երկիրը, նրանց դիակները այս անապատում գետին փռեց”:
16 ‘Տէրը այս ժողովուրդը չկրցաւ տանիլ այն երկիրը, որ անոնց երդումով խոստացած էր, ուստի անապատին մէջ մեռցուց զանոնք’։
Վասն զի ոչ կարէր տանել Տէր զժողովուրդն զայն յերկիրն զոր երդուաւ նոցա, արկ զնոսա տապաստ յանապատի անդ:

14:16: Վասն զի ո՛չ կարէր տանել Տէր զժողովուրդն զայն՝ յերկիրն զոր երդուաւ նոցա, արկ զնոսա տապա՛ստ յանապատի անդ[1313]։
[1313] Ոմանք. Ոչ կարէր Տէր տանել... եւ արկ զնոսա տա՛՛։
16 “Քանի որ Տէրը չկարողացաւ այս ժողովրդին տանել իր խոստացած երկիրը, նրանց դիակները այս անապատում գետին փռեց”:
16 ‘Տէրը այս ժողովուրդը չկրցաւ տանիլ այն երկիրը, որ անոնց երդումով խոստացած էր, ուստի անապատին մէջ մեռցուց զանոնք’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1616: Господь не мог ввести народ сей в землю, которую Он с клятвою обещал ему, а потому и погубил его в пустыне.
14:16 παρὰ παρα from; by τὸ ο the μὴ μη not δύνασθαι δυναμαι able; can κύριον κυριος lord; master εἰσαγαγεῖν εισαγω lead in; bring in τὸν ο the λαὸν λαος populace; population τοῦτον ουτος this; he εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him κατέστρωσεν καταστρωννυμι strew about αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
14:16 מִ mi מִן from בִּלְתִּ֞י bbiltˈî בֵּלֶת failure יְכֹ֣לֶת yᵊḵˈōleṯ יכל be able יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH לְ lᵊ לְ to הָבִיא֙ hāvî בוא come אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֔ה zzˈeh זֶה this אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נִשְׁבַּ֣ע nišbˈaʕ שׁבע swear לָהֶ֑ם lāhˈem לְ to וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁחָטֵ֖ם yyišḥāṭˌēm שׁחט slaughter בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּֽר׃ mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
14:16. non poterat introducere populum in terram pro qua iuraverat idcirco occidit eos in solitudineHe could not bring the people into the land for which he had sworn, therefore did he kill them in the wilderness.
16. Because the LORD was not able to bring this people into the land which he sware unto them, therefore he hath slain them in the wilderness.
14:16. ‘He was not able to lead the people into the land about which he had sworn. Therefore, he slew them in the wilderness.’
14:16. Because the LORD was not able to bring this people into the land which he sware unto them, therefore he hath slain them in the wilderness.
Because the LORD was not able to bring this people into the land which he sware unto them, therefore he hath slain them in the wilderness:

16: Господь не мог ввести народ сей в землю, которую Он с клятвою обещал ему, а потому и погубил его в пустыне.
14:16
παρὰ παρα from; by
τὸ ο the
μὴ μη not
δύνασθαι δυναμαι able; can
κύριον κυριος lord; master
εἰσαγαγεῖν εισαγω lead in; bring in
τὸν ο the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
τοῦτον ουτος this; he
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
κατέστρωσεν καταστρωννυμι strew about
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
14:16
מִ mi מִן from
בִּלְתִּ֞י bbiltˈî בֵּלֶת failure
יְכֹ֣לֶת yᵊḵˈōleṯ יכל be able
יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הָבִיא֙ hāvî בוא come
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֔ה zzˈeh זֶה this
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נִשְׁבַּ֣ע nišbˈaʕ שׁבע swear
לָהֶ֑ם lāhˈem לְ to
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁחָטֵ֖ם yyišḥāṭˌēm שׁחט slaughter
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּֽר׃ mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
14:16. non poterat introducere populum in terram pro qua iuraverat idcirco occidit eos in solitudine
He could not bring the people into the land for which he had sworn, therefore did he kill them in the wilderness.
14:16. ‘He was not able to lead the people into the land about which he had sworn. Therefore, he slew them in the wilderness.’
14:16. Because the LORD was not able to bring this people into the land which he sware unto them, therefore he hath slain them in the wilderness.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:16: Deu 9:28, Deu 32:26, Deu 32:27; Jos 7:9
John Gill
14:16 Because the Lord was not able to bring this people into the land which he sware unto them,.... That though he brought them out of Egypt, he was not able to bring them through the wilderness into Canaan; and that though he had wrought many signs and wonders for them, he could work no more, his power failed him, he had exhausted all his might, and could not perform the promise and oath he had made:
therefore he hath slain them in the wilderness; because he could not fulfil his word, and so made short work of it, destroying them all together, which Moses suggests would greatly reflect dishonour on him; and in this he shows, that he was more concerned for the glory of God than for his own.
John Wesley
14:16 Not able - His power was quite spent in bringing them out of Egypt, and could not finish the work he had begun and had sworn to do.
14:1714:17: Եւ արդ բարձրասցի՛ ձեռն քո Տէր, որպէս խօսեցար եւ ասացեր.
17 Արդ, թող բարձրանայ քո ձեռքը, Տէ՜ր, ինչպէս որ խօսեցիր ու ասացիր,
17 Եւ հիմա թող իմ Տէրոջս կարողութիւնը մեծ ըլլայ, ինչպէս խոստացար ըսելով՝
Եւ արդ բարձրասցի ձեռն քո, Տէր, որպէս խօսեցար եւ ասացեր:

14:17: Եւ արդ բարձրասցի՛ ձեռն քո Տէր, որպէս խօսեցար եւ ասացեր.
17 Արդ, թող բարձրանայ քո ձեռքը, Տէ՜ր, ինչպէս որ խօսեցիր ու ասացիր,
17 Եւ հիմա թող իմ Տէրոջս կարողութիւնը մեծ ըլլայ, ինչպէս խոստացար ըսելով՝
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1717: Итак да возвеличится сила Господня, как Ты сказал, говоря:
14:17 καὶ και and; even νῦν νυν now; present ὑψωθήτω υψοω elevate; lift up ἡ ο the ἰσχύς ισχυς force σου σου of you; your κύριε κυριος lord; master ὃν ος who; what τρόπον τροπος manner; by means εἶπας επω say; speak λέγων λεγω tell; declare
14:17 וְ wᵊ וְ and עַתָּ֕ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now יִגְדַּל־ yiḡdal- גדל be strong נָ֖א nˌā נָא yeah כֹּ֣חַ kˈōₐḥ כֹּחַ strength אֲדֹנָ֑י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ dibbˌartā דבר speak לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
14:17. magnificetur ergo fortitudo Domini sicut iurasti dicensLet then the strength of the Lord be magnified, as thou hast sworn, saying:
17. And now, I pray thee, let the power of the Lord be great, according as thou hast spoken, saying,
14:17. Therefore, may the strength of the Lord be magnified, just as you swore, saying:
14:17. And now, I beseech thee, let the power of my Lord be great, according as thou hast spoken, saying,
And now, I beseech thee, let the power of my Lord be great, according as thou hast spoken, saying:

17: Итак да возвеличится сила Господня, как Ты сказал, говоря:
14:17
καὶ και and; even
νῦν νυν now; present
ὑψωθήτω υψοω elevate; lift up
ο the
ἰσχύς ισχυς force
σου σου of you; your
κύριε κυριος lord; master
ὃν ος who; what
τρόπον τροπος manner; by means
εἶπας επω say; speak
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
14:17
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַתָּ֕ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now
יִגְדַּל־ yiḡdal- גדל be strong
נָ֖א nˌā נָא yeah
כֹּ֣חַ kˈōₐḥ כֹּחַ strength
אֲדֹנָ֑י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ dibbˌartā דבר speak
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
14:17. magnificetur ergo fortitudo Domini sicut iurasti dicens
Let then the strength of the Lord be magnified, as thou hast sworn, saying:
14:17. Therefore, may the strength of the Lord be magnified, just as you swore, saying:
14:17. And now, I beseech thee, let the power of my Lord be great, according as thou hast spoken, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:17: Mic 3:8; Mat 9:6, Mat 9:8
John Gill
14:17 And now, I beseech thee, let the power of Lord be great,.... That is, appear to be great; the power of God is great, not only mighty, but almighty; it knows no bounds, nothing is impossible with him, he can do whatever he pleases, Ps 147:5; his power, and the greatness of it, had been seen in bringing the children of Israel out of Egypt, and through the Red sea, and in providing for them, protecting and defending them in the wilderness; and the request of Moses is, that it might appear greater and greater in bringing them into the land of promise; or else he means an exceeding great display of the grace and mercy of God in the forgiveness of the sins of the people; for as the power of God is seen in his forbearance and longsuffering with the wicked, Rom 9:22; much more in the forgiveness of the sins of men, there being more power and virtue in grace to pardon, than there is in sin to damn; and as it is an indication of strength in men, and of their power over themselves, when they can rule their own spirits, keep under their passions, and restrain their wrath, and show a forgiving temper, Prov 16:32; so it is an instance of the power of God to overcome his wrath and anger stirred up by the sins of men; and, notwithstanding their provocations, freely to forgive: pardon of sin is an act of power, as well as of grace and mercy, see Mt 9:6; and this sense agrees with what follows. The first letter in the word for "great" is larger than usual, that it might be taken notice of; and to signify the exceeding greatness of the power of God, Moses desired might be displayed in this case: and the letter numerically signifies ten, and has been thought to respect the ten times that Israel tempted the Lord, Num 14:22; and to suggest, that though they had so done, yet the grace and mercy of God should ten times exceed the ingratitude of the people (u):
according as thou hast spoken, saying; as in Ex 34:6; and is as follows.
(u) Baal Hatturim in loc. & Buxtorf. Tiberias, c. 14. p. 38.
John Wesley
14:17 Be great - That is appear to be great, discover its greatness: namely, the power of his grace and mercy, or the greatness of his mercy, in pardoning this and their other sins: for to this the following words manifestly restrain it, where the pardon of their sins is the only instance of this power both described in God's titles, Num 14:18, and prayed for by Moses Num 14:19, and granted by God in answer to him, Num 14:20. Nor is it strange that the pardon of sin, especially such great sins, is spoken of as an act of power in God, because undoubtedly it is an act of omnipotent and infinite goodness.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:17 let the power of my Lord be great--be magnified.
14:1814:18: թէ՝ Տէր երկայնամի՛տ է եւ բազում ողորմ եւ ճշմարիտ, բառնայ զանօրէնութիւնս եւ զանիրաւութիւնս եւ զմեղս, եւ սրբելով ո՛չ սրբէ զպարտաւորն. հասուցանել զմեղս հարանց յորդիս մինչեւ յերիս եւ ՚ի չորս ազգս[1314]։ [1314] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Հատուցանել զմեղս հա՛՛. ուր այլք ունին՝ հատուցանէ։
18 թէ՝ “Տէրը համբերատար է, ողորմած ու ճշմարիտ, որ ներում է անօրէնութիւնները, անիրաւութիւններն ու մեղքերը, բայց եւ ամենեւին չի ներում մեղսագործներին, հայրերի մեղքերը հատուցել է տալիս նրանց զաւակներին մինչեւ երրորդ ու չորրորդ սերունդը”:
18 ‘Տէրը երկայնամիտ է եւ առատ՝ ողորմութիւնով, անօրէնութիւնն ու յանցանքը ներող. բայց յանցաւորը ամենեւին անպարտ չի թողուր, հայրերուն անօրէնութիւնը որդիներուն վրայ՝ մինչեւ երրորդ ու չորրորդ ազգը հատուցանելով’։
թէ` Տէր երկայնամիտ է եւ բազումողորմ [223]եւ ճշմարիտ``, բառնայ զանօրէնութիւնս [224]եւ զանիրաւութիւնս`` եւ զմեղս. եւ սրբելով ոչ սրբէ զպարտաւորն, հատուցանէ զմեղս հարանց յորդիս մինչեւ յերիս եւ ի չորս ազգս:

14:18: թէ՝ Տէր երկայնամի՛տ է եւ բազում ողորմ եւ ճշմարիտ, բառնայ զանօրէնութիւնս եւ զանիրաւութիւնս եւ զմեղս, եւ սրբելով ո՛չ սրբէ զպարտաւորն. հասուցանել զմեղս հարանց յորդիս մինչեւ յերիս եւ ՚ի չորս ազգս[1314]։
[1314] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Հատուցանել զմեղս հա՛՛. ուր այլք ունին՝ հատուցանէ։
18 թէ՝ “Տէրը համբերատար է, ողորմած ու ճշմարիտ, որ ներում է անօրէնութիւնները, անիրաւութիւններն ու մեղքերը, բայց եւ ամենեւին չի ներում մեղսագործներին, հայրերի մեղքերը հատուցել է տալիս նրանց զաւակներին մինչեւ երրորդ ու չորրորդ սերունդը”:
18 ‘Տէրը երկայնամիտ է եւ առատ՝ ողորմութիւնով, անօրէնութիւնն ու յանցանքը ներող. բայց յանցաւորը ամենեւին անպարտ չի թողուր, հայրերուն անօրէնութիւնը որդիներուն վրայ՝ մինչեւ երրորդ ու չորրորդ ազգը հատուցանելով’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1818: Господь долготерпелив и многомилостив, прощающий беззакония и преступления, и не оставляющий без наказания, но наказывающий беззаконие отцов в детях до третьего и четвертого рода.
14:18 κύριος κυριος lord; master μακρόθυμος μακροθυμος and; even πολυέλεος πολυελεος and; even ἀληθινός αληθινος truthful; true ἀφαιρῶν αφαιρεω take away ἀνομίας ανομια lawlessness καὶ και and; even ἀδικίας αδικια injury; injustice καὶ και and; even ἁμαρτίας αμαρτια sin; fault καὶ και and; even καθαρισμῷ καθαρισμος cleansing οὐ ου not καθαριεῖ καθαριζω cleanse τὸν ο the ἔνοχον ενοχος liable; guilty ἀποδιδοὺς αποδιδωμι render; surrender ἁμαρτίας αμαρτια sin; fault πατέρων πατηρ father ἐπὶ επι in; on τέκνα τεκνον child ἕως εως till; until τρίτης τριτος third καὶ και and; even τετάρτης τεταρτος fourth
14:18 יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶ֤רֶךְ ʔˈereḵ אָרֵךְ long אַפַּ֨יִם֙ ʔappˈayim אַף nose וְ wᵊ וְ and רַב־ rav- רַב much חֶ֔סֶד ḥˈeseḏ חֶסֶד loyalty נֹשֵׂ֥א nōśˌē נשׂא lift עָוֹ֖ן ʕāwˌōn עָוֹן sin וָ wā וְ and פָ֑שַׁע fˈāšaʕ פֶּשַׁע rebellion וְ wᵊ וְ and נַקֵּה֙ naqqˌē נקה be clean לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not יְנַקֶּ֔ה yᵊnaqqˈeh נקה be clean פֹּקֵ֞ד pōqˈēḏ פקד miss עֲוֹ֤ן ʕᵃwˈōn עָוֹן sin אָבֹות֙ ʔāvôṯ אָב father עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon בָּנִ֔ים bānˈîm בֵּן son עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שִׁלֵּשִׁ֖ים šillēšˌîm שִׁלֵּשִׁים grandsons וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon רִבֵּעִֽים׃ ribbēʕˈîm רִבֵּעַ of fourth generation
14:18. Dominus patiens et multae misericordiae auferens iniquitatem et scelera nullumque innoxium derelinquens qui visitas peccata patrum in filios in tertiam et quartam generationemThe Lord is patient and full of mercy, by taking away iniquity and wickedness, and leaving no man clear, who visitest the sins of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation.
18. The LORD is slow to anger, and plenteous in mercy, forgiving iniquity and transgression, and that will by no means clear ; visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, upon the third and upon the fourth generation.
14:18. ‘The Lord is patient and full of mercy, taking away iniquity and wickedness, and forsaking no one who is harmless. He visits the sins of the fathers upon the sons, to the third and fourth generation.’
14:18. The LORD [is] longsuffering, and of great mercy, forgiving iniquity and transgression, and by no means clearing [the guilty], visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth [generation].
The LORD [is] longsuffering, and of great mercy, forgiving iniquity and transgression, and by no means clearing [the guilty], visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth:

18: Господь долготерпелив и многомилостив, прощающий беззакония и преступления, и не оставляющий без наказания, но наказывающий беззаконие отцов в детях до третьего и четвертого рода.
14:18
κύριος κυριος lord; master
μακρόθυμος μακροθυμος and; even
πολυέλεος πολυελεος and; even
ἀληθινός αληθινος truthful; true
ἀφαιρῶν αφαιρεω take away
ἀνομίας ανομια lawlessness
καὶ και and; even
ἀδικίας αδικια injury; injustice
καὶ και and; even
ἁμαρτίας αμαρτια sin; fault
καὶ και and; even
καθαρισμῷ καθαρισμος cleansing
οὐ ου not
καθαριεῖ καθαριζω cleanse
τὸν ο the
ἔνοχον ενοχος liable; guilty
ἀποδιδοὺς αποδιδωμι render; surrender
ἁμαρτίας αμαρτια sin; fault
πατέρων πατηρ father
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τέκνα τεκνον child
ἕως εως till; until
τρίτης τριτος third
καὶ και and; even
τετάρτης τεταρτος fourth
14:18
יְהוָ֗ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶ֤רֶךְ ʔˈereḵ אָרֵךְ long
אַפַּ֨יִם֙ ʔappˈayim אַף nose
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רַב־ rav- רַב much
חֶ֔סֶד ḥˈeseḏ חֶסֶד loyalty
נֹשֵׂ֥א nōśˌē נשׂא lift
עָוֹ֖ן ʕāwˌōn עָוֹן sin
וָ וְ and
פָ֑שַׁע fˈāšaʕ פֶּשַׁע rebellion
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נַקֵּה֙ naqqˌē נקה be clean
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
יְנַקֶּ֔ה yᵊnaqqˈeh נקה be clean
פֹּקֵ֞ד pōqˈēḏ פקד miss
עֲוֹ֤ן ʕᵃwˈōn עָוֹן sin
אָבֹות֙ ʔāvôṯ אָב father
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
בָּנִ֔ים bānˈîm בֵּן son
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שִׁלֵּשִׁ֖ים šillēšˌîm שִׁלֵּשִׁים grandsons
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
רִבֵּעִֽים׃ ribbēʕˈîm רִבֵּעַ of fourth generation
14:18. Dominus patiens et multae misericordiae auferens iniquitatem et scelera nullumque innoxium derelinquens qui visitas peccata patrum in filios in tertiam et quartam generationem
The Lord is patient and full of mercy, by taking away iniquity and wickedness, and leaving no man clear, who visitest the sins of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation.
14:18. ‘The Lord is patient and full of mercy, taking away iniquity and wickedness, and forsaking no one who is harmless. He visits the sins of the fathers upon the sons, to the third and fourth generation.’
14:18. The LORD [is] longsuffering, and of great mercy, forgiving iniquity and transgression, and by no means clearing [the guilty], visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth [generation].
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:18: The Lord is longsuffering - See the note on Exo 34:6.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:18: longsuffering: Exo 34:6, Exo 34:7; Psa 103:8, Psa 145:8; Jon 4:2; Mic 7:18; Nah 1:2, Nah 1:3; Rom 3:24-26; Rom 5:21; Eph 1:7, Eph 1:8
visiting: Exo 20:5, Exo 34:7; Jer 23:2
John Gill
14:18 The Lord is longsuffering,.... Towards all men, and especially towards his own people:
and of great mercy, being abundant in goodness, and keeping mercy for thousands:
forgiving iniquity and transgression, all sorts of sin:
and by no means clearing the guilty, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation; which may seem to make against the plea of Moses for mercy and forgiveness; but the reason of these words being expressed seems to be, because they go along with the others in the passage referred to, and are no contradiction to the forgiving mercy of God in a way of justice; nor did Moses request to have the guilty cleared from punishment altogether, but that God would show mercy, at least to such a degree as not to cut off the whole nation, and leave no posterity to inherit the land; which is supposed in visiting the sin of the fathers to the third or fourth generation.
John Wesley
14:18 Visiting the iniquity - These words may seem to be improperly mentioned, as being a powerful argument to move God to destroy this wicked people, and not to pardon them. It may be answered, that Moses useth these words together with the rest, because he would not sever what God had put together. But the truer answer seems to be, that these words are to be translated otherwise, And in destroying he will not utterly destroy, though he visit the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, unto the third and fourth generation.
14:1914:19: Թո՛ղ զմեղս ժողովրդեան քոյ, ըստ մեծի ողորմութեան քում. որպէս ներեցեր դոցա յԵգիպտոսէ մինչեւ ցա՛յժմ[1315]։ [1315] Ոմանք յաւելուն. Եւ արդ թո՛ղ զմեղս ժո՛՛։
19 Քո մեծ ողորմութեամբ ների՛ր քո ժողովրդին, ինչպէս ներել ես նրանց Եգիպտոսից ելնելուց մինչեւ հիմա»:
19 Կ’աղաչեմ, քու մեծ ողորմութեանդ համեմատ ներէ այս ժողովուրդին անօրէնութիւնը, ինչպէս ներեցիր այս ժողովուրդին Եգիպտոսէն մինչեւ հոս»։
թող զմեղս ժողովրդեան քո ըստ մեծի ողորմութեան քում, որպէս ներեցեր դոցա յԵգիպտոսէ մինչեւ ցայժմ:

14:19: Թո՛ղ զմեղս ժողովրդեան քոյ, ըստ մեծի ողորմութեան քում. որպէս ներեցեր դոցա յԵգիպտոսէ մինչեւ ցա՛յժմ[1315]։
[1315] Ոմանք յաւելուն. Եւ արդ թո՛ղ զմեղս ժո՛՛։
19 Քո մեծ ողորմութեամբ ների՛ր քո ժողովրդին, ինչպէս ներել ես նրանց Եգիպտոսից ելնելուց մինչեւ հիմա»:
19 Կ’աղաչեմ, քու մեծ ողորմութեանդ համեմատ ներէ այս ժողովուրդին անօրէնութիւնը, ինչպէս ներեցիր այս ժողովուրդին Եգիպտոսէն մինչեւ հոս»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1919: Прости грех народу сему по великой милости Твоей, как Ты прощал народ сей от Египта доселе.
14:19 ἄφες αφιημι dismiss; leave τὴν ο the ἁμαρτίαν αμαρτια sin; fault τῷ ο the λαῷ λαος populace; population τούτῳ ουτος this; he κατὰ κατα down; by τὸ ο the μέγα μεγας great; loud ἔλεός ελεος mercy σου σου of you; your καθάπερ καθαπερ exactly as ἵλεως ιλεως merciful; propitiously αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἐγένου γινομαι happen; become ἀπ᾿ απο from; away Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the νῦν νυν now; present
14:19 סְלַֽח־ sᵊlˈaḥ- סלח forgive נָ֗א nˈā נָא yeah לַ la לְ to עֲוֹ֛ן ʕᵃwˈōn עָוֹן sin הָ hā הַ the עָ֥ם ʕˌām עַם people הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this כְּ kᵊ כְּ as גֹ֣דֶל ḡˈōḏel גֹּדֶל greatness חַסְדֶּ֑ךָ ḥasdˈeḵā חֶסֶד loyalty וְ wᵊ וְ and כַ ḵa כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָשָׂ֨אתָה֙ nāśˈāṯā נשׂא lift לָ lā לְ to † הַ the עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֔ה zzˈeh זֶה this מִ mi מִן from מִּצְרַ֖יִם mmiṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto הֵֽנָּה׃ hˈēnnā הֵנָּה here
14:19. dimitte obsecro peccatum populi tui huius secundum magnitudinem misericordiae tuae sicut propitius fuisti egredientibus de Aegypto usque ad locum istumForgive, I beseech thee, the sins of this people, according to the greatness of thy mercy, as thou hast been merciful to them from their going out of Egypt unto this place.
19. Pardon, I pray thee, the iniquity of this people according unto the greatness of thy mercy, and according as thou hast forgiven this people, from Egypt even until now.
14:19. Forgive, I beg you, the sins of this people, according to the greatness of your mercy, just as you have been gracious to them in their journey from Egypt to this place.”
14:19. Pardon, I beseech thee, the iniquity of this people according unto the greatness of thy mercy, and as thou hast forgiven this people, from Egypt even until now.
Pardon, I beseech thee, the iniquity of this people according unto the greatness of thy mercy, and as thou hast forgiven this people, from Egypt even until now:

19: Прости грех народу сему по великой милости Твоей, как Ты прощал народ сей от Египта доселе.
14:19
ἄφες αφιημι dismiss; leave
τὴν ο the
ἁμαρτίαν αμαρτια sin; fault
τῷ ο the
λαῷ λαος populace; population
τούτῳ ουτος this; he
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὸ ο the
μέγα μεγας great; loud
ἔλεός ελεος mercy
σου σου of you; your
καθάπερ καθαπερ exactly as
ἵλεως ιλεως merciful; propitiously
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἐγένου γινομαι happen; become
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
νῦν νυν now; present
14:19
סְלַֽח־ sᵊlˈaḥ- סלח forgive
נָ֗א nˈā נָא yeah
לַ la לְ to
עֲוֹ֛ן ʕᵃwˈōn עָוֹן sin
הָ הַ the
עָ֥ם ʕˌām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
גֹ֣דֶל ḡˈōḏel גֹּדֶל greatness
חַסְדֶּ֑ךָ ḥasdˈeḵā חֶסֶד loyalty
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כַ ḵa כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָשָׂ֨אתָה֙ nāśˈāṯā נשׂא lift
לָ לְ to
הַ the
עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֔ה zzˈeh זֶה this
מִ mi מִן from
מִּצְרַ֖יִם mmiṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
הֵֽנָּה׃ hˈēnnā הֵנָּה here
14:19. dimitte obsecro peccatum populi tui huius secundum magnitudinem misericordiae tuae sicut propitius fuisti egredientibus de Aegypto usque ad locum istum
Forgive, I beseech thee, the sins of this people, according to the greatness of thy mercy, as thou hast been merciful to them from their going out of Egypt unto this place.
14:19. Forgive, I beg you, the sins of this people, according to the greatness of your mercy, just as you have been gracious to them in their journey from Egypt to this place.”
14:19. Pardon, I beseech thee, the iniquity of this people according unto the greatness of thy mercy, and as thou hast forgiven this people, from Egypt even until now.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
19: «Не из опасения лишиться своего начальства, — замечает св. Ефр. Сир., — но по любви ходатайствует Моисей за народ: ибо ему обещано было, что если истреблены будут евреи, то он станет начальником еще большего народа» (Исх ХХII:10; Чис XIV:12; Ефр. Сир., Толк. на кн. Чис., гл. XIV).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:19: Pardon, I beseech thee, the iniquity of this people - From Num 14:13 to Num 14:19 inclusive we have the words of Moses's intercession; they need no explanation, they are full of simplicity and energy; his arguments with God (for be did reason and argue with his Maker) are pointed, cogent, and respectful; and while they show a heart full of humanity, they evidence the deepest concern for the glory of God. The argumentum ad hominem is here used in the most unexceptionable manner, and with the fullest effect.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:19: Pardon: Exo 32:32, Exo 34:9; Kg1 8:34; Psa 51:1, Psa 51:2; Eze 20:8, Eze 20:9; Dan 9:19
according: Isa 55:7; Tit 3:4-7
and as thou: Exo 32:10-14, Exo 33:17; Psa 78:38, Psa 106:7, Psa 106:8, Psa 106:45; Jon 3:10, Jon 4:2; Mic 7:18; Jam 5:15; Jo1 5:14-16
until now: or, hitherto
John Gill
14:19 Pardon, I beseech thee, the iniquity of this people,
according unto the greatness of thy mercy,.... Intimating, that though the sin of this people was great, the mercy of God to pardon was greater; and therefore he entreats that God would deal with them, not according to the greatness of their sins, and the strictness of justice, but according to the greatness of his mercy, who would, and does, abundantly pardon:
and as thou hast forgiven this people from Egypt even until now; which shows both that these people had been continually sinning against the Lord, ever since they came out of Egypt, notwithstanding the great goodness of God unto them, and that he had as constantly pardoned; and therefore it was hoped and entreated that he would still continue to pardon them, he being the same he ever was, and whose mercy and goodness endure for ever: he had pardoned already sins of the like kind since their coming out of Egypt, as their murmurings for bread in the wilderness of Sin, Ex 16:1, and for water at Rephidim, Ex 17:1, and even a greater sin than these, idolatry, or the worship of the calf, Ex 32:1.
14:2014:20: Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Ներեցի՛ց դոցա ըստ բանի քում.
20 Տէրն ասաց Մովսէսին. «Կը ներեմ նրանց, ինչպէս դու ասացիր,
20 Եւ Տէրը ըսաւ. «Քու խօսքիդ համեմատ ներեցի.
Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Ներեցից դոցա ըստ բանի քում:

14:20: Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Ներեցի՛ց դոցա ըստ բանի քում.
20 Տէրն ասաց Մովսէսին. «Կը ներեմ նրանց, ինչպէս դու ասացիր,
20 Եւ Տէրը ըսաւ. «Քու խօսքիդ համեմատ ներեցի.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2020: И сказал Господь [Моисею]: прощаю по слову твоему;
14:20 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἵλεως ιλεως merciful; propitiously αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him εἰμι ειμι be κατὰ κατα down; by τὸ ο the ῥῆμά ρημα statement; phrase σου σου of you; your
14:20 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH סָלַ֖חְתִּי sālˌaḥtî סלח forgive כִּ ki כְּ as דְבָרֶֽךָ׃ ḏᵊvārˈeḵā דָּבָר word
14:20. dixitque Dominus dimisi iuxta verbum tuumAnd the Lord said: I have forgiven according to thy word.
20. And the LORD said, I have pardoned according to thy word:
14:20. And the Lord said: “I have forgiven them according to your word.
14:20. And the LORD said, I have pardoned according to thy word:
And the LORD said, I have pardoned according to thy word:

20: И сказал Господь [Моисею]: прощаю по слову твоему;
14:20
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἵλεως ιλεως merciful; propitiously
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
εἰμι ειμι be
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὸ ο the
ῥῆμά ρημα statement; phrase
σου σου of you; your
14:20
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
סָלַ֖חְתִּי sālˌaḥtî סלח forgive
כִּ ki כְּ as
דְבָרֶֽךָ׃ ḏᵊvārˈeḵā דָּבָר word
14:20. dixitque Dominus dimisi iuxta verbum tuum
And the Lord said: I have forgiven according to thy word.
14:20. And the Lord said: “I have forgiven them according to your word.
14:20. And the LORD said, I have pardoned according to thy word:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
20:God's Answer to Moses; The Israelites Threatened.B. C. 1490.
20 And the LORD said, I have pardoned according to thy word: 21 But as truly as I live, all the earth shall be filled with the glory of the LORD. 22 Because all those men which have seen my glory, and my miracles, which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness, and have tempted me now these ten times, and have not hearkened to my voice; 23 Surely they shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers, neither shall any of them that provoked me see it: 24 But my servant Caleb, because he had another spirit with him, and hath followed me fully, him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; and his seed shall possess it. 25 (Now the Amalekites and the Canaanites dwelt in the valley.) To morrow turn you, and get you into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea. 26 And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, 27 How long shall I bear with this evil congregation, which murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against me. 28 Say unto them, As truly as I live, saith the LORD, as ye have spoken in mine ears, so will I do to you: 29 Your carcases shall fall in this wilderness; and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward, which have murmured against me, 30 Doubtless ye shall not come into the land, concerning which I sware to make you dwell therein, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun. 31 But your little ones, which ye said should be a prey, them will I bring in, and they shall know the land which ye have despised. 32 But as for you, your carcases, they shall fall in this wilderness. 33 And your children shall wander in the wilderness forty years, and bear your whoredoms, until your carcases be wasted in the wilderness. 34 After the number of the days in which ye searched the land, even forty days, each day for a year, shall ye bear your iniquities, even forty years, and ye shall know my breach of promise. 35 I the LORD have said, I will surely do it unto all this evil congregation, that are gathered together against me: in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall die.
We have here God's answer to the prayer of Moses, which sings both of mercy and judgment. It is given privately to Moses (v. 20-25), and then directed to be made public to the people, v. 26-35. The frequent repetitions of the same things in it speak these resolves to be unalterable. Let us see the particulars.
I. The extremity of the sentence is receded from (v. 20): "I have pardoned, so as not to cut them all off at once, and disinherit them." See the power of prayer, and the delight God takes in putting an honour upon it. He designed a pardon, but Moses shall have the praise of obtaining it by prayer: it shall be done according to thy word; thus, as a prince, he has power with God, and prevails. See what countenance and encouragement God gives to our intercessions for others, that we may be public-spirited in prayer. Here is a whole nation rescued from ruin by the effectual fervent prayer of one righteous man. See how ready God is to forgive sin, and how easy to be entreated: Pardon, says Moses (v. 19); I have pardoned, says God, v. 20. David found him thus swift to show mercy, Ps. xxxii. 5. He deals not with us after our sins, Ps. ciii. 10.
II. The glorifying of God's name is, in the general, resolved upon, v. 21. It is said, it is sworn, All the earth shall be filled with the glory of the Lord. Moses in his prayer had shown a great concern for the glory of God. "Let me alone," says God, "to secure that effectually, and to advance it, by this dispensation." All the world shall see how God hates sin even in his own people, and will reckon for it, and yet how gracious and merciful he is, and how slow to anger. Thus when our Saviour prayed, Father, glorify thy name, he was immediately answered, I have glorified it, and will glorify it yet again, John xii. 28. Note, Those that sincerely seek God's glory may be sure of what they seek. God having turned this prayer for the glorifying of himself into a promise, we may turn it into praise, in concert with the angels, Isa. vi. 3, The earth is full of his glory.
III. The sin of this people which provoked God to proceed against them is here aggravated, v. 22, 27. It is not made worse than really it was, but is shown to be exceedingly sinful. It was an evil congregation, each bad, but altogether in congregation, very bad. 1. They tempted God--tempted his power, whether he could help them in their straits--his goodness, whether he would--and his faithfulness, whether his promise would be performed. They tempted his justice, whether he would resent their provocations and punish them or no. They dared him, and in effect challenged him, as God does the idols (Isa. xli. 23), to do good, or do evil. 2. They murmured against him. This is much insisted on, v. 27. As they questioned what he would do, so they quarrelled with him for every thing he did or had done, continually fretting and finding fault. It does not appear that they murmured at any of the laws or ordinances that God gave them (though they proved a heavy yoke), but they murmured at the conduct they were under, and the provision made for them. Note, It is much easier to bring ourselves to the external services of religion, and observe all the formalities of devotion, than to live a life of dependence upon, and submission to, the divine Providence in the course of our conversation. 3. They did this after they had seen God's miracles in Egypt and in the wilderness, v. 2. They would not believe their own eyes, which were witnesses for God that he was in the midst of them of a truth. 4. They had repeated the provocations ten times, that is, very often: the Jewish writers reckon this exactly the tenth time that the body of the congregation had provoked God. First, at the Red Sea, Exod. xiv. 11. In Marah, Exod. xv. 23, 24. In the wilderness of Sin, Exod. xvi. 2. At Rephidim, Exod. xvii. 1, 2. The golden calf, Exod. xxxii. Then at Taberah. Then at Kibroth-Hattaavah, ch. xi. And so this was the tenth. Note, God keeps an account how often we repeat our provocations, and will sooner or later set them in order before us. 5. They had not hearkened to his voice, though he had again and again admonished them of their sin.
IV. The sentence passed upon them for this sin. 1. That they should not see the promised land (v. 23), nor come into it, v. 30. He swore in his wrath that they should not enter into his rest, Ps. xcv. 11. Note, Disbelief of the promise is a forfeiture of the benefit of it. Those that despise the pleasant land shall be shut out of it. The promise of God should be fulfilled to their posterity, but not to them. 2. That they should immediately turn back into the wilderness, v. 25. Their next remove should be a retreat. They must face about, and instead of going forward to Canaan, on the very borders of which they now were, they must withdraw towards the Red Sea again. To-morrow turn you; that is, "Very shortly you shall be brought back to that vast howling wilderness which you are so weary of. And it is time to shift for your own safety, for the Amalekites lie in wait in the valley, ready to attack you if you march forward." Of them they had been distrustfully afraid (ch. xiii. 29), and now with them God justly frightened them. The fear of the wicked shall come upon him. 3. That all those who had now grown up to men's estate should die in the wilderness, not all at once, but by degrees. They wished that they might die in the wilderness, and God said Amen to their passionate wish, and made their sin their ruin, snared them in the words of their mouth, and caused their own tongue to fall upon them, took them at their word, and determined that their carcases should fall in the wilderness, v. 28, 29, and again, v. 32, 35. See with what contempt they are spoken of, now that they had by their sin made themselves vile; the mighty men of valour were but carcases, when the Spirit of the Lord had departed from them. They were all as dead men. Their fathers had such a value for Canaan that they desired to have their dead bodies carried thither to be buried, in token of their dependence upon God's promise that they should have that land for a possession: but these, having despised that good land and disbelieved the promise of it, shall not have the honour to be buried in it, but shall have their graves in the wilderness. 4. That in pursuance of this sentence they should wander to and fro in the wilderness, like travellers that have lost themselves, for forty years; that is, so long as to make it full forty years from their coming out of Egypt to their entrance into Canaan, v. 33, 34. Thus long they were kept wandering, (1.) To answer the number of the days in which the spies were searching the land. They were content to wait forty days for the testimony of men, because they could not take God's word; and therefore justly are they kept forty years waiting for the performance of God's promise. (2.) That hereby they might be brought to repentance, and find mercy with God in the other world, whatever became of them in this. Now they had time to bethink themselves, and to consider their ways; and the inconveniences of the wilderness would help to humble them and prove them, and show them what was in their heart, Deut. viii. 2. Thus long they bore their iniquities, feeling the weight of God's wrath in the punishment. They were made to groan under the burden of their own sin that brought it upon them, which was too heavy for them to bear. (3.) That they might sensibly feel what a dangerous thing it is for God's covenant-people to break with him: "You shall know my breach of promise, both the causes of it, that it is procured by your sin" (for God never leaves any till they first leave him), "and the consequences of it, that it will produce your ruin; you are quite undone when you are thrown out of covenant." (4.) That a new generation might in this time be raised up, which could not be done all of a sudden. And the children, being brought up under the tokens of God's displeasure against their fathers, and so bearing their whoredoms (that is, the punishment of their sins, especially their idolatry about the golden calf, which God now remembered against them), might take warning not to tread in the steps of their fathers' disobedience. And their wandering so long in the wilderness would make Canaan at last the more welcome to them. It should seem that upon occasion of this sentence Moses penned the ninetieth Psalm, which is very apposite to the present state of Israel, and wherein they are taught to pray that since this sentence could not be reversed it might be sanctified, and they might learn to apply their hearts unto wisdom.
V. The mercy that was mixed with this severe sentence.
1. Mercy to Caleb and Joshua, that though they should wander with the rest in the wilderness, yet they, and only they of all that were now above twenty years old, should survive the years of banishment, and live to enter Canaan. Caleb only is spoken of (v. 24), and a particular mark of honour put upon him, both, (1.) In the character given of him: he had another spirit, different from the rest of the spies, an after-spirit, which furnished him with second thoughts, and he followed the Lord fully, kept close to his duty, and went through with it, though deserted and threatened; and, (2.) In the recompence promised to him: Him will I bring in due time into the land whereinto he went. Note, [1.] It ought to be the great care and endeavour of every one of us to follow the Lord fully. We must, in a course of obedience to God's will and of service to his honour, follow him universally, without dividing,--uprightly, without dissembling,--cheerfully, without disputing,--and constantly, without declining; and this is following him fully. [2.] Those that would follow God fully must have another spirit, another from the spirit of the world, and another from what their own spirit has been. They must have the spirit of Caleb. [3.] Those that follow God fully in times of general apostasy God will own and honour by singular preservations in times of general calamity. The heavenly Canaan shall be the everlasting inheritance of those that follow the Lord fully. When Caleb is again mentioned (v. 30) Joshua stands with him, compassed with the same favours and crowned with the same honours, having stood with him in the same services.
2. Mercy to the children even of these rebels. They should have a seed preserved, and Canaan secured to that seed: Your little ones, now under twenty years old, which you, in your unbelief, said should be a prey, them will I bring in, v. 31. They had invidiously charged God with a design to ruin their children, v. 3. But God will let them know that he can put a difference between the guilty and the innocent, and cut them off without touching their children. Thus the promise made to Abraham, though it seemed to fail for a time, was kept from failing for evermore; and, though God chastened their transgressions with a rod, yet his loving kindness he would not utterly take away.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:20: I have pardoned - That is, They shall not be cut off as they deserve, because thou hast interceded for their lives.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:20
In answer to this importunate prayer, the Lord promised forgiveness, namely, the preservation of the nation, but not the remission of the well-merited punishment. At the rebellion at Sinai, He had postponed the punishment "till the day of His visitation" (Ex 32:34). And that day had now arrived, as the people had carried their continued rebellion against the Lord to the furthest extreme, even to an open declaration of their intention to depose Moses, and return to Egypt under another leader, and thus had filled up the measure of their sins. "Nevertheless," added the Lord (Num 14:21, Num 14:22), "as truly as I live, and the glory of Jehovah will fill the whole earth, all the men who have seen My glory and My miracles...shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers." The clause, "all the earth," etc., forms an apposition to "as I live." Jehovah proves Himself to be living, by the fact that His glory fills the whole earth. But this was to take place, not, as Knobel, who mistakes the true connection of the different clauses, erroneously supposes, by the destruction of the whole of that generation, which would be talked of by all the world, but rather by the fact that, notwithstanding the sin and opposition of these men, He would still carry out His work of salvation to a glorious victory. The כּי in Num 14:22 introduces the substance of the oath, as in Is 49:18; 1Kings 14:39; 1Kings 20:3; and according to the ordinary form of an oath, אם in Num 14:23 signifies "not." - "They have tempted Me now ten times." Ten is used as the number of completeness and full measure; and this answered to the actual fact, if we follow the Rabbins, and add to the murmuring (1) at the Red Sea, Ex 14:11-12; (2) at Marah, Ex 15:23; (3) in the wilderness of Sin, Ex 16:2; (4) at Rephidim, Ex 17:1; (5) at Horeb, Ex 32; (6) at Tabeerah, Num 11:1; (7) at the graves of lust, Num 11:4.; and (8) here again at Kadesh, the twofold rebellion of certain individuals against the commandments of God at the giving of the manna (Ex 16:20 and Ex 16:27). The despisers of God should none of them see the promised land.
Geneva 1599
14:20 And the LORD said, I have pardoned (h) according to thy word:
(h) In that he did not utterly destroy them, but allowed their children and certain others to enter.
John Gill
14:20 And the Lord said, I have pardoned, according to thy word. So as not to kill them utterly as one man: which is an instance of his being plenteous in mercy, and ready to forgive; and of the virtue and efficacy of the effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man, and of the great regard the Lord has to the prayers of a good man for others. The Jerusalem Targum is,"and the Word of the Lord said, lo, I have remitted and forgiven according to thy word;''which must be understood of Christ, the essential Word, and shows, according to the sense of the Targumist, that he has a power to forgive sin, and must be a divine Person, for none can forgive sin but God; see Mk 2:7.
John Wesley
14:20 I have pardoned - So far as not utterly to destroy them.
14:2114:21: բայց կենդանի՛ եմ ես, եւ կենդանի՛ է անուն իմ. եւ լցցեն փառք Տեառն զամենայն երկիր։
21 բայց կենդանի եմ ես, կենդանի է իմ անունը, եւ Տիրոջ փառքը պիտի լցնի ամբողջ երկիրը:
21 Բայց կենդանի են ես, որ բոլոր երկիր Տէրոջը փառքովը պիտի լեցուի.
բայց կենդանի եմ ես, [225]եւ կենդանի է անուն իմ,`` եւ լցցեն փառք Տեառն զամենայն երկիր:

14:21: բայց կենդանի՛ եմ ես, եւ կենդանի՛ է անուն իմ. եւ լցցեն փառք Տեառն զամենայն երկիր։
21 բայց կենդանի եմ ես, կենդանի է իմ անունը, եւ Տիրոջ փառքը պիտի լցնի ամբողջ երկիրը:
21 Բայց կենդանի են ես, որ բոլոր երկիր Տէրոջը փառքովը պիտի լեցուի.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2121: но жив Я, и славы Господней полна вся земля:
14:21 ἀλλὰ αλλα but ζῶ ζαω live; alive ἐγὼ εγω I καὶ και and; even ζῶν ζαω live; alive τὸ ο the ὄνομά ονομα name; notable μου μου of me; mine καὶ και and; even ἐμπλήσει εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up ἡ ο the δόξα δοξα glory κυρίου κυριος lord; master πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land
14:21 וְ wᵊ וְ and אוּלָ֖ם ʔûlˌām אוּלָם but חַי־ ḥay- חַי alive אָ֑נִי ʔˈānî אֲנִי i וְ wᵊ וְ and יִמָּלֵ֥א yimmālˌē מלא be full כְבֹוד־ ḵᵊvôḏ- כָּבֹוד weight יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
14:21. vivo ego et implebitur gloria Domini universa terraAs I live: and the whole earth shall be filled with the glory of the Lord.
21. but in very deed, as I live, and as all the earth shall be filled with the glory of the LORD;
14:21. Also, as I live, the entire world shall be filled with the glory of the Lord.
14:21. But [as] truly [as] I live, all the earth shall be filled with the glory of the LORD.
But [as] truly [as] I live, all the earth shall be filled with the glory of the LORD:

21: но жив Я, и славы Господней полна вся земля:
14:21
ἀλλὰ αλλα but
ζῶ ζαω live; alive
ἐγὼ εγω I
καὶ και and; even
ζῶν ζαω live; alive
τὸ ο the
ὄνομά ονομα name; notable
μου μου of me; mine
καὶ και and; even
ἐμπλήσει εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up
ο the
δόξα δοξα glory
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
14:21
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אוּלָ֖ם ʔûlˌām אוּלָם but
חַי־ ḥay- חַי alive
אָ֑נִי ʔˈānî אֲנִי i
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִמָּלֵ֥א yimmālˌē מלא be full
כְבֹוד־ ḵᵊvôḏ- כָּבֹוד weight
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
14:21. vivo ego et implebitur gloria Domini universa terra
As I live: and the whole earth shall be filled with the glory of the Lord.
14:21. Also, as I live, the entire world shall be filled with the glory of the Lord.
14:21. But [as] truly [as] I live, all the earth shall be filled with the glory of the LORD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:21: All the earth shall be filled, etc. - כל הארץ kol haarets, all This land, i. e., the land of Canaan which was only fulfilled to the letter when the preaching of Christ and his apostles was heard through all the cities and villages of Judea. It does not appear that the whole of the terraqueous globe is meant by this expression in any of the places where it occurs connected with this promise of the diffusion of the Divine light. See Psa 72:19; Isa 40:5; Hab 2:14.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:21: Render: But as truly as I live, and as all the earth shall be filled with the glory of the Lord; Num 14:22 all those men, etc.; Num 14:23 shall not see, etc.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:21: as truly: Deu 32:40; Isa 49:18; Jer 22:24; Eze 5:11, Eze 18:3, Eze 33:11, Eze 33:27; Zep 2:9
all the: Psa 72:19; Hab 2:14; Mat 6:10
John Gill
14:21 But as truly as I live,.... Which is the form of an oath, as the Targum; the Lord swears by his life, or by himself, because he could swear by no greater:
all the earth shall be filled with the glory of the Lord; this is not the thing sworn unto or confirmed, but that by which the oath is made and confirmed; and the sense is, that as sure as the earth "had been" filled with the glory of the Lord, as it may be rendered, as it had been with the fame of what he had done in Egypt, and at the Red sea; or as it "should be" filled with it in later times, especially in the kingdom of the Messiah in the latter day; see Is 6:3; so sure the men that had provoked him should not see the land of Canaan.
John Wesley
14:21 With the glory of the Lord - With the report of the glorious and righteous acts of God in punishing this rebellious people.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:21 all the earth shall be filled with the glory of the Lord--This promise, in its full acceptation, remains to be verified by the eventual and universal prevalence of Christianity in the world. But the terms were used restrictively in respect to the occasion, to the report which would spread over all the land of the "terrible things in righteousness" [Ps 65:5] which God would do in the infliction of the doom described, to which that rebellious race was now consigned.
14:2214:22: Զի ամենայն արք որ տեսին զփառսն իմ, եւ զնշանս զոր արարի ես յԵգիպտոս եւ յանապատիս յայսմիկ, եւ փորձեցին զիս՝ այս տասն անգամ, եւ ո՛չ լուան ձայնի իմում,
22 Թէեւ իմ փառքը եւ Եգիպտոսում ու այս անապատում իմ գործած հրաշքները տեսան բոլոր մարդիկ, բայց տասն անգամ փորձեցին ինձ, ու չհաւատացին,
22 Քանզի բոլոր այն մարդիկը, որոնք Եգիպտոսի մէջ ու անապատին մէջ իմ փառքս ու իմ ըրած հրաշքներս տեսան եւ մինչեւ հիմա զիս տասը անգամ փորձեցին ու իմ խօսքս մտիկ չըրին,
զի ամենայն արք` որ տեսին զփառսն իմ եւ զնշանս զոր արարի ես յԵգիպտոս եւ յանապատիս յայսմիկ, եւ փորձեցին զիս այս տասն անգամ, եւ ոչ լուան ձայնի իմում:

14:22: Զի ամենայն արք որ տեսին զփառսն իմ, եւ զնշանս զոր արարի ես յԵգիպտոս եւ յանապատիս յայսմիկ, եւ փորձեցին զիս՝ այս տասն անգամ, եւ ո՛չ լուան ձայնի իմում,
22 Թէեւ իմ փառքը եւ Եգիպտոսում ու այս անապատում իմ գործած հրաշքները տեսան բոլոր մարդիկ, բայց տասն անգամ փորձեցին ինձ, ու չհաւատացին,
22 Քանզի բոլոր այն մարդիկը, որոնք Եգիպտոսի մէջ ու անապատին մէջ իմ փառքս ու իմ ըրած հրաշքներս տեսան եւ մինչեւ հիմա զիս տասը անգամ փորձեցին ու իմ խօսքս մտիկ չըրին,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2222: все, которые видели славу Мою и знамения Мои, сделанные Мною в Египте и в пустыне, и искушали Меня уже десять раз, и не слушали гласа Моего,
14:22 ὅτι οτι since; that πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband οἱ ο the ὁρῶντες οραω view; see τὴν ο the δόξαν δοξα glory μου μου of me; mine καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the σημεῖα σημειον sign ἃ ος who; what ἐποίησα ποιεω do; make ἐν εν in Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness ταύτῃ ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even ἐπείρασάν πειραζω try; test με με me τοῦτο ουτος this; he δέκατον δεκατος tenth καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not εἰσήκουσάν εισακουω heed; listen to μου μου of me; mine τῆς ο the φωνῆς φωνη voice; sound
14:22 כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the אֲנָשִׁ֗ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man הָ hā הַ the רֹאִ֤ים rōʔˈîm ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כְּבֹדִי֙ kᵊvōḏˌî כָּבֹוד weight וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֹ֣תֹתַ֔י ʔˈōṯōṯˈay אֹות sign אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשִׂ֥יתִי ʕāśˌîṯî עשׂה make בְ vᵊ בְּ in מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וּ û וְ and בַ va בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּ֑ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert וַ wa וְ and יְנַסּ֣וּ yᵊnassˈû נסה try אֹתִ֗י ʔōṯˈî אֵת [object marker] זֶ֚ה ˈzeh זֶה this עֶ֣שֶׂר ʕˈeśer עֶשֶׂר ten פְּעָמִ֔ים pᵊʕāmˈîm פַּעַם foot וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not שָׁמְע֖וּ šāmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קֹולִֽי׃ qôlˈî קֹול sound
14:22. attamen omnes homines qui viderunt maiestatem meam et signa quae feci in Aegypto et in solitudine et temptaverunt me iam per decem vices nec oboedierunt voci meaeBut yet all the men that have seen my majesty, and the signs that I have done in Egypt, and in the wilderness, and have tempted me now ten times, and have not obeyed my voice,
22. because all those men which have seen my glory, and my signs, which I wrought in Egypt and in the wilderness, yet have tempted me these ten times, and have not hearkened to my voice;
14:22. And yet, all the men who have seen my majesty, and the signs that I have wrought in Egypt and in the wilderness, and who have tested me ten times already, and yet have not obeyed my voice,
14:22. Because all those men which have seen my glory, and my miracles, which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness, and have tempted me now these ten times, and have not hearkened to my voice;
Because all those men which have seen my glory, and my miracles, which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness, and have tempted me now these ten times, and have not hearkened to my voice:

22: все, которые видели славу Мою и знамения Мои, сделанные Мною в Египте и в пустыне, и искушали Меня уже десять раз, и не слушали гласа Моего,
14:22
ὅτι οτι since; that
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
οἱ ο the
ὁρῶντες οραω view; see
τὴν ο the
δόξαν δοξα glory
μου μου of me; mine
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
σημεῖα σημειον sign
ος who; what
ἐποίησα ποιεω do; make
ἐν εν in
Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
ἐπείρασάν πειραζω try; test
με με me
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
δέκατον δεκατος tenth
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
εἰσήκουσάν εισακουω heed; listen to
μου μου of me; mine
τῆς ο the
φωνῆς φωνη voice; sound
14:22
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
אֲנָשִׁ֗ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
הָ הַ the
רֹאִ֤ים rōʔˈîm ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כְּבֹדִי֙ kᵊvōḏˌî כָּבֹוד weight
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֹ֣תֹתַ֔י ʔˈōṯōṯˈay אֹות sign
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשִׂ֥יתִי ʕāśˌîṯî עשׂה make
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וּ û וְ and
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֑ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
וַ wa וְ and
יְנַסּ֣וּ yᵊnassˈû נסה try
אֹתִ֗י ʔōṯˈî אֵת [object marker]
זֶ֚ה ˈzeh זֶה this
עֶ֣שֶׂר ʕˈeśer עֶשֶׂר ten
פְּעָמִ֔ים pᵊʕāmˈîm פַּעַם foot
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
שָׁמְע֖וּ šāmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קֹולִֽי׃ qôlˈî קֹול sound
14:22. attamen omnes homines qui viderunt maiestatem meam et signa quae feci in Aegypto et in solitudine et temptaverunt me iam per decem vices nec oboedierunt voci meae
But yet all the men that have seen my majesty, and the signs that I have done in Egypt, and in the wilderness, and have tempted me now ten times, and have not obeyed my voice,
14:22. And yet, all the men who have seen my majesty, and the signs that I have wrought in Egypt and in the wilderness, and who have tested me ten times already, and yet have not obeyed my voice,
14:22. Because all those men which have seen my glory, and my miracles, which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness, and have tempted me now these ten times, and have not hearkened to my voice;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
22: «Искушали Меня уже десять раз». Слово «десять» можно понимать и в смысле обобщения многократных явлений, и как указание на следующие десять возмущений народа: 1) при Чермном море; 2) в Мерре; 3) в пустыне Син; 4) при несоблюдении закона о неоставлении манны до утра; 5) при несоблюдении закона о несобирании манны в субботу; 6) в Рефидиме; 7) при Синае; 8) в Тавере; 9) в Киброт-Гаттааве; 10) в Кадес-Варни.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:22
These ten times - Ten is the number which imports completeness. Compare Gen 31:7. The sense is that the measure of their provocation was now full: the day of grace was at last over. However, some enumerate 10 different occasions on which the people had tempted God since the exodus.
Ps. 90, which is entitled "a Prayer of Moses," has been most appropriately regarded as a kind of dirge upon those sentenced thus awfully by God to waste away in the wilderness.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:22: which have: Num 14:11; Deu 1:31-35; Psa 95:9-11, Psa 106:26; Heb 3:17, Heb 3:18
tempted: Exo 17:2; Psa 95:9, Psa 106:14; Mal 3:15; Mat 4:7; Co1 10:9; Heb 3:9
ten times: Gen 31:7, Gen 31:41; Job 19:3
Geneva 1599
14:22 Because all those men which have seen my glory, and my miracles, which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness, and have tempted me now these (i) ten times, and have not hearkened to my voice;
(i) That is, various times and often.
John Gill
14:22 Because all those men which have seen my glory,.... His glorious Majesty, or the emblem of it in the cloud, on the tabernacle, which had often appeared to them, and the glorious things done by him; the glory of his power, wisdom, goodness, faithfulness, and truth, displayed in bringing them out of Egypt, through the Red sea, and thus far in the wilderness, even to the borders of the land of Canaan; it should be rendered, not "because", but "that", for this is the thing sworn to, or the matter of the oath:
and my miracles which I did in Egypt; by the hand of Moses, both before them, when he was sent to them, as a proof of his divine mission, and before Pharaoh and all his court, Ex 7:10, inflicting plagues upon him and his people, Ex 7:20,
and in the wilderness; in raining manna from heaven about their tents, Ex 16:14; sending them quails, Ex 16:13; and giving them water out of the rock, Ex 17:6,
and have tempted me now these ten times; which the Jews understand precisely and exactly of such a number, and which they reckon thus (w); twice at the sea, Ex 14:11; twice concerning water, Ex 15:23; twice about manna, Ex 16:2; twice about quails, Ex 16:12; once by the calf, Ex 32:1; and once in the wilderness of Paran, Num 14:1, which last and tenth was the present temptation: these are reckoned a little otherwise elsewhere (x); but perhaps it may be better, with Aben Ezra, to interpret it of many times, a certain number being put for an uncertain, they having frequently tempted the Lord:
and have not hearkened to my voice; neither to his word of promise, nor to his word of command, and particularly his late order to go up and possess the land, Deut 1:21.
(w) T. Bab. Eracin, fol. 15. 1. Bartenora in Pirke Abot, c. 5. sect. 4. Jarchi in loc. (x) Maimon. in Pirke Abot, c. 5. sect. 4.
John Wesley
14:22 My glory - That is, my glorious appearances in the cloud, and in the tabernacle. Ten times - That is, many times. A certain number for an uncertain.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:22 ten times--very frequently.
14:2314:23: թէ տեսանիցեն զերկիրն զոր երդուայ հարցն նոցա. այլ որդիք նոցա որ են ա՛ստ ընդ իս՝ որ ո՛չ գիտեն զչար կամ զբարի, ամենայն մանուկ տխմար՝ նոցա՛ տաց զերկիրն. եւ ամենեքին որ բարկացուցին զիս՝ ո՛չ տեսցեն զնա[1316]։ [1316] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Եթէ թէ տեսանիցեն զերկիրն. համաձայն ոմանց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։
23 թէ կը տեսնեն այն երկիրը, որ ես խոստացայ նրանց հայրերին: Ես երկիրը կը տամ նրանց այն որդիներին, որ այստեղ՝ ինձ հետ են, անտեղեակ են չարին ու բարուն, կը տամ բոլոր անփորձ մանուկներին: Բոլոր նրանք, ովքեր բարկացրին ինձ, այդ երկիրը չեն տեսնի:
23 Պիտի չտեսնեն այն երկիրը, որ իրենց հայրերուն տալու երդում ըրի։ Զիս արհամարհողներէն մէ՛կն ալ պիտի չտեսնէ զայն.
թէ տեսանիցեն զերկիրն զոր երդուայ հարցն նոցա. [226]այլ որդիք նոցա որ են աստ ընդ իս, որ ոչ գիտեն զչար կամ զբարի, ամենայն մանուկ տխմար, նոցա տաց զերկիրն.`` եւ ամենեքին որ բարկացուցին զիս` ոչ տեսցեն զնա:

14:23: թէ տեսանիցեն զերկիրն զոր երդուայ հարցն նոցա. այլ որդիք նոցա որ են ա՛ստ ընդ իս՝ որ ո՛չ գիտեն զչար կամ զբարի, ամենայն մանուկ տխմար՝ նոցա՛ տաց զերկիրն. եւ ամենեքին որ բարկացուցին զիս՝ ո՛չ տեսցեն զնա[1316]։
[1316] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Եթէ թէ տեսանիցեն զերկիրն. համաձայն ոմանց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։
23 թէ կը տեսնեն այն երկիրը, որ ես խոստացայ նրանց հայրերին: Ես երկիրը կը տամ նրանց այն որդիներին, որ այստեղ՝ ինձ հետ են, անտեղեակ են չարին ու բարուն, կը տամ բոլոր անփորձ մանուկներին: Բոլոր նրանք, ովքեր բարկացրին ինձ, այդ երկիրը չեն տեսնի:
23 Պիտի չտեսնեն այն երկիրը, որ իրենց հայրերուն տալու երդում ըրի։ Զիս արհամարհողներէն մէ՛կն ալ պիտի չտեսնէ զայն.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2323: не увидят земли, которую Я с клятвою обещал отцам их; все, раздражавшие Меня, не увидят ее;
14:23 ἦ η or; than μὴν μην surely; certainly οὐκ ου not ὄψονται οραω view; see τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what ὤμοσα ομνυω swear τοῖς ο the πατράσιν πατηρ father αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but ἢ η or; than τὰ ο the τέκνα τεκνον child αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἅ ος who; what ἐστιν ειμι be μετ᾿ μετα with; amid ἐμοῦ εμου my ὧδε ωδε here ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as οὐκ ου not οἴδασιν οιδα aware ἀγαθὸν αγαθος good οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither κακόν κακος bad; ugly πᾶς πας all; every νεώτερος νεος new; young ἄπειρος απειρος untried; unacquainted with τούτοις ουτος this; he δώσω διδωμι give; deposit τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land πάντες πας all; every δὲ δε though; while οἱ ο the παροξύναντές παροξυνω goad; irritate με με me οὐκ ου not ὄψονται οραω view; see αὐτήν αυτος he; him
14:23 אִם־ ʔim- אִם if יִרְאוּ֙ yirʔˌû ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתִּי nišbˌaʕtî שׁבע swear לַ la לְ to אֲבֹתָ֑ם ʔᵃvōṯˈām אָב father וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole מְנַאֲצַ֖י mᵊnaʔᵃṣˌay נאץ contemn לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not יִרְאֽוּהָ׃ yirʔˈûhā ראה see
14:23. non videbunt terram pro qua iuravi patribus eorum nec quisquam ex illis qui detraxit mihi intuebitur eamShall not see the land for which I swore to their fathers, neither shall any one of them that hath detracted me behold it.
23. surely they shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers, neither shall any of them that despised me see it:
14:23. these shall not see the land, about which I swore to their fathers, neither shall any of those who detracted me gaze upon it.
14:23. Surely they shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers, neither shall any of them that provoked me see it:
Surely they shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers, neither shall any of them that provoked me see it:

23: не увидят земли, которую Я с клятвою обещал отцам их; все, раздражавшие Меня, не увидят ее;
14:23
η or; than
μὴν μην surely; certainly
οὐκ ου not
ὄψονται οραω view; see
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
ὤμοσα ομνυω swear
τοῖς ο the
πατράσιν πατηρ father
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but
η or; than
τὰ ο the
τέκνα τεκνον child
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ος who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
ἐμοῦ εμου my
ὧδε ωδε here
ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as
οὐκ ου not
οἴδασιν οιδα aware
ἀγαθὸν αγαθος good
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
κακόν κακος bad; ugly
πᾶς πας all; every
νεώτερος νεος new; young
ἄπειρος απειρος untried; unacquainted with
τούτοις ουτος this; he
δώσω διδωμι give; deposit
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
πάντες πας all; every
δὲ δε though; while
οἱ ο the
παροξύναντές παροξυνω goad; irritate
με με me
οὐκ ου not
ὄψονται οραω view; see
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
14:23
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
יִרְאוּ֙ yirʔˌû ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתִּי nišbˌaʕtî שׁבע swear
לַ la לְ to
אֲבֹתָ֑ם ʔᵃvōṯˈām אָב father
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
מְנַאֲצַ֖י mᵊnaʔᵃṣˌay נאץ contemn
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
יִרְאֽוּהָ׃ yirʔˈûhā ראה see
14:23. non videbunt terram pro qua iuravi patribus eorum nec quisquam ex illis qui detraxit mihi intuebitur eam
Shall not see the land for which I swore to their fathers, neither shall any one of them that hath detracted me behold it.
14:23. these shall not see the land, about which I swore to their fathers, neither shall any of those who detracted me gaze upon it.
14:23. Surely they shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers, neither shall any of them that provoked me see it:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
23: Грубочувственное жестоковыйное старшее поколение евреев, выросшее под влиянием Египта, оказалось неспособным осуществить идею царства Иеговы в земле обетования, а потому лишенным ее. В Ханаан войдет молодое поколение евреев, выросшее в пустыне, под непрерывным воздействием осязательных проявлений величия, могущества, благости Божией (Втор VIII:2–5).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:23: Surely they shall not see: Heb. If they see, Num 26:64, Num 32:11; Deu 1:35-45; Neh 9:23; Psa 95:11, Psa 106:26; Eze 20:15; Heb 3:17, Heb 3:18, Heb 4:3
John Gill
14:23 Surely they shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers,.... Not possess and enjoy the land of Canaan, which the Lord by an oath had promised their fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to give it to their seed; and now he swears that these men, who had so often tempted him, and been disobedient to him, should not inherit it; so the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem take it for an oath; see Heb 3:11,
neither shall any of them that provoked me see it; that provoked him by the ill report they had brought of the land, by their unbelief, by their murmurings, and mutiny.
14:2414:24: Բայց Քաղէբ ծառա՛յ իմ յորում եղեւ հոգի ա՛յլ, եւ եկն զհետ իմ. տարա՛յց զնա յերկիրն՝ յոր եմուտ. եւ զաւա՛կ նորա ժառանգեսցէ զնա։
24 Բայց ուրիշ հոգի ունեցող եւ ինձ հետեւած իմ ծառայ Քաղէբին ես կը տանեմ այն երկիրը, ուր նա մտաւ հետախուզելու, իսկ նրա յետնորդները կը ժառանգեն այն:
24 Բայց որովհետեւ իմ ծառաս Քաղէբ ուրիշ միտք ունեցաւ ու ինծի բոլոր սրտով հնազանդեցաւ*, ես ալ զանիկա իր գացած երկիրը պիտի տանիմ եւ անոր սերունդը պիտի ժառանգէ զայն։
բայց Քաղէբ ծառայ իմ յորում եղեւ հոգի այլ, եւ եկն զհետ իմ, տարայց զնա յերկիրն յոր եմուտ, եւ զաւակ նորա ժառանգեսցէ զնա:

14:24: Բայց Քաղէբ ծառա՛յ իմ յորում եղեւ հոգի ա՛յլ, եւ եկն զհետ իմ. տարա՛յց զնա յերկիրն՝ յոր եմուտ. եւ զաւա՛կ նորա ժառանգեսցէ զնա։
24 Բայց ուրիշ հոգի ունեցող եւ ինձ հետեւած իմ ծառայ Քաղէբին ես կը տանեմ այն երկիրը, ուր նա մտաւ հետախուզելու, իսկ նրա յետնորդները կը ժառանգեն այն:
24 Բայց որովհետեւ իմ ծառաս Քաղէբ ուրիշ միտք ունեցաւ ու ինծի բոլոր սրտով հնազանդեցաւ*, ես ալ զանիկա իր գացած երկիրը պիտի տանիմ եւ անոր սերունդը պիտի ժառանգէ զայն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2424: но раба Моего, Халева, за то, что в нем был иной дух, и он совершенно повиновался Мне, введу в землю, в которую он ходил, и семя его наследует ее;
14:24 ὁ ο the δὲ δε though; while παῖς παις child; boy μου μου of me; mine Χαλεβ χαλεβ since; that ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become πνεῦμα πνευμα spirit; wind ἕτερον ετερος different; alternate ἐν εν in αὐτῷ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐπηκολούθησέν επακολουθεω follow after μοι μοι me εἰσάξω εισαγω lead in; bring in αὐτὸν αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what εἰσῆλθεν εισερχομαι enter; go in ἐκεῖ εκει there καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the σπέρμα σπερμα seed αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him κληρονομήσει κληρονομεω inherit; heir αὐτήν αυτος he; him
14:24 וְ wᵊ וְ and עַבְדִּ֣י ʕavdˈî עֶבֶד servant כָלֵ֗ב ḵālˈēv כָּלֵב Caleb עֵ֣קֶב ʕˈēqev עֵקֶב end הָֽיְתָ֞ה hˈāyᵊṯˈā היה be ר֤וּחַ rˈûₐḥ רוּחַ wind אַחֶ֨רֶת֙ ʔaḥˈereṯ אַחֵר other עִמֹּ֔ו ʕimmˈô עִם with וַ wa וְ and יְמַלֵּ֖א yᵊmallˌē מלא be full אַחֲרָ֑י ʔaḥᵃrˈāy אַחַר after וַ wa וְ and הֲבִֽיאֹתִ֗יו hᵃvˈîʔōṯˈiʸw בוא come אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] בָּ֣א bˈā בוא come שָׁ֔מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there וְ wᵊ וְ and זַרְעֹ֖ו zarʕˌô זֶרַע seed יֹורִשֶֽׁנָּה׃ yôrišˈennā ירשׁ trample down
14:24. servum meum Chaleb qui plenus alio spiritu secutus est me inducam in terram hanc quam circuivit et semen eius possidebit eamMy servant Caleb, who being full of another spirit hath followed me, I will bring into this land which he hath gone round: and his seed shall possess it.
24. but my servant Caleb, because he had another spirit with him, and hath followed me fully, him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; and his seed shall possess it.
14:24. My servant Caleb, who, being full of another spirit, has followed me, I will lead into this land, through which he has wandered, and his offspring shall possess it.
14:24. But my servant Caleb, because he had another spirit with him, and hath followed me fully, him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; and his seed shall possess it.
But my servant Caleb, because he had another spirit with him, and hath followed me fully, him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; and his seed shall possess it:

24: но раба Моего, Халева, за то, что в нем был иной дух, и он совершенно повиновался Мне, введу в землю, в которую он ходил, и семя его наследует ее;
14:24
ο the
δὲ δε though; while
παῖς παις child; boy
μου μου of me; mine
Χαλεβ χαλεβ since; that
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
πνεῦμα πνευμα spirit; wind
ἕτερον ετερος different; alternate
ἐν εν in
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐπηκολούθησέν επακολουθεω follow after
μοι μοι me
εἰσάξω εισαγω lead in; bring in
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
εἰσῆλθεν εισερχομαι enter; go in
ἐκεῖ εκει there
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
σπέρμα σπερμα seed
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
κληρονομήσει κληρονομεω inherit; heir
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
14:24
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַבְדִּ֣י ʕavdˈî עֶבֶד servant
כָלֵ֗ב ḵālˈēv כָּלֵב Caleb
עֵ֣קֶב ʕˈēqev עֵקֶב end
הָֽיְתָ֞ה hˈāyᵊṯˈā היה be
ר֤וּחַ rˈûₐḥ רוּחַ wind
אַחֶ֨רֶת֙ ʔaḥˈereṯ אַחֵר other
עִמֹּ֔ו ʕimmˈô עִם with
וַ wa וְ and
יְמַלֵּ֖א yᵊmallˌē מלא be full
אַחֲרָ֑י ʔaḥᵃrˈāy אַחַר after
וַ wa וְ and
הֲבִֽיאֹתִ֗יו hᵃvˈîʔōṯˈiʸw בוא come
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בָּ֣א bˈā בוא come
שָׁ֔מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there
וְ wᵊ וְ and
זַרְעֹ֖ו zarʕˌô זֶרַע seed
יֹורִשֶֽׁנָּה׃ yôrišˈennā ירשׁ trample down
14:24. servum meum Chaleb qui plenus alio spiritu secutus est me inducam in terram hanc quam circuivit et semen eius possidebit eam
My servant Caleb, who being full of another spirit hath followed me, I will bring into this land which he hath gone round: and his seed shall possess it.
14:24. My servant Caleb, who, being full of another spirit, has followed me, I will lead into this land, through which he has wandered, and his offspring shall possess it.
14:24. But my servant Caleb, because he had another spirit with him, and hath followed me fully, him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; and his seed shall possess it.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
24: Ниже, в 30: и 38: ст. изъясняемой главы, вместе с Халевом упоминается и Иисус Навин.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:24: But my servant Caleb, etc. - Caleb had another spirit - not only a bold, generous, courageous, noble, and heroic spirit; but the Spirit and influence of the God of heaven thus raised him above human inquietudes and earthly fears, therefore be followed God fully; וימלא אחרי vaimalle acharai, literally, he filled after me: God showed him the way he was to take, and the line of conduct he was to pursue, and he filled up this line, and in all things followed the will of his Maker. He therefore shall see the promised land, and his seed shall possess it. A dastardly spirit in the things of God is a heavy curse. How many are retarded in their course, and fall short of the blessings of the Gospel, through magnifying the number and strength of their adversaries, their own weakness and the difficulties of the way, with which we may connect their distrust of the power, faithfulness, and goodness of God! And how many are prevented from receiving the higher degrees of salvation by foolishly attributing insurmountable power, either to their inward corruptions or outward enemies! Only such men as Joshua and Caleb, who take God at his word, and who know that against his wisdom no cunning can stand, and against his might no strength can prevail, are likely to follow God fully, and receive the heights, lengths, breadths, and depths of the salvation of God.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:24: My servant Caleb - Caleb only is mentioned here as also in Num 13:30 ff. Both passages probably form part of the matter introduced at a later period into the narrative of Moses, and either by Joshua or under his superintendence. Hence, the name of Joshua is omitted, and his faithfulness together with its reward are taken for granted. In Num 14:30, Num 14:38, both names are mentioned together; and these verses in all likelihood belong to the same original composition as Num 14:6-10.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:24: my servant: Num 14:6-9, Num 13:30, Num 26:65; Deu 1:36; Jos 14:6-14
another spirit: Caleb had another spirit; not only a bold, generous, courageous, noble, and heroic spirit, but the Spirit and influence of God, which thus raised him above human inquietudes and earthly fears. Therefore he followed God fully; literally, "and he filled after me:" God shewed him the way he was to take and the line of conduct he was to pursue, and he filled up this line, and in all things followed the will of his Maker.
followed me: Num 32:11, Num 32:12; Deu 6:5; Jos 14:8, Jos 14:9; Ch1 29:9, Ch1 29:18; Ch2 25:2; Psa 119:80, Psa 119:145; Pro 23:26; Act 11:23; Eph 6:6; Col 3:23
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:24
But because there was another spirit in Caleb, - i.e., not the unbelieving, despairing, yet proud and rebellious spirit of the great mass of the people, but the spirit of obedience and believing trust, so that "he followed Jehovah fully" (lit., "fulfilled to walk behind Jehovah"), followed Him with unwavering fidelity, - God would bring him into the land into which he had gone, and his seed should possess it. (אחרי מלּא here, and at Num 32:11-12; Deut 1:36; Josh 14:8-9; 3Kings 11:6, is a constructio praegnans for אחרי ללכת מלּא; cf. 2Chron 34:31.) According to the context, the reference is not to Hebron particularly, but to Canaan generally, which God had sworn unto the fathers (Num 14:23, and Deut 1:36, comp. with Deut 1:35); although, when the land was divided, Caleb received Hebron for his possession, because, according to his own statement in Josh 14:6., Moses had sworn that he would give it to him. But this is not mentioned here; just as Joshua also is not mentioned in this place, as he is at Num 14:30 and Num 14:38, but Caleb only, who opposed the exaggerated accounts of the other spies at the very first, and endeavoured to quiet the excitement of the people by declaring that they were well able to overcome the Canaanites (Num 13:30). This first revelation of God to Moses is restricted to the main fact; the particulars are given afterwards in the sentence of God, as intended for communication to the people (Num 14:26-38).
Geneva 1599
14:24 But my servant Caleb, because he had another (k) spirit with him, and hath followed me fully, him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; and his seed shall possess it.
(k) A meek and obedient spirit, and not rebellious.
John Gill
14:24 But my servant Caleb,.... Who was one of the spies, and brought a good and true report of the land; and so in that, as well as in other things, approved himself to be a faithful servant of the Lord, and who had stilled the people at the beginning of their murmur, and with Joshua had attempted to quiet them afterwards; and though Joshua is not here mentioned, because, as some say, he had no children, and therefore it could not be said of him that his seed should possess the land, as is said of Caleb; or rather, because he was to be the general and commander of the people, who was to introduce them into the land of Canaan, and therefore there was no necessity of expressing him by name, yet he is afterwards mentioned, Num 14:30,
because he had another spirit with him; different from that of the rest of the spies, excepting Joshua; a spirit of faith, and of the fear of the Lord, of might and courage, of truth and faithfulness; believing in the promise of God, which the spies distrusted, being persuaded the land might easily be conquered, which they feared; and bringing a true report of the land, the reverse of the ill and false one they brought. For this is to be understood not of the Holy Spirit of God, nor of his work upon the hearts of good men, which is different from the spirit of the world, though Caleb was possessed of that also:
and hath followed me fully; with full purpose of heart whithersoever he led him, or directed him, in every path of duty, and in the exercise of every grace; or "hath fulfilled after me" (y); obeyed his word of command, fulfilled his mind and will, by going after him, and acting according to the rules and directions he gave him:
him will I bring into the land whereinto he went; the land of Canaan he went into to spy and search:
and his seed shall possess it; not the whole land, but Hebron, and the parts about it, where he particularly went, and which he and his posterity afterwards enjoyed, see Num 13:22. The Targum of Onkelos is, "shall expel it"; the inhabitants of it; for the word signifies both to inherit and disinherit; and so Jarchi interprets it, shall disinherit the Anakim, and the people that are in it, that is, drive them out of it, as Caleb did, Josh 15:13.
(y) "et implevit post me", Montanus, Tigurine version, Fagius, Drusius.
John Wesley
14:24 Caleb - Joshua is not named, because he was not now among the people, but a constant attendant upon Moses, nor was he to be reckoned as one of them, any more than Moses and Aaron were, because he was to be their chief commander. He had another spirit - Was a man of another temper, faithful and courageous, not acted by that evil spirit of cowardice, unbelief, disobedience, which ruled in his brethren but by the spirit of God. Fully - Universally and constantly, through difficulties and dangers, which made his partners halt. Whereinto he went - In general, Canaan, and particularly Hebron, and the adjacent parts, Josh 14:9.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:24 my servant Caleb--Joshua was also excepted, but he is not named because he was no longer in the ranks of the people, being a constant attendant on Moses.
because he had another spirit with him, and hath followed me fully--Under the influence of God's Spirit, Caleb was a man of bold, generous, heroic courage, above worldly anxieties and fears.
14:2514:25: Եւ Ամաղէկ եւ Քանանացին բնակեալ են ՚ի ձորն. բայց դուք վաղիւ դարձարո՛ւք եւ չուեցէ՛ք յանապատէն ընդ ճանապարհ Կարմիր ծովուն։
25 Ամաղէկացիներն ու քանանացիները բնակւում են ձորում, բայց դուք վաղը կը վերադառնաք եւ անապատով կը գնաք դէպի Կարմիր ծով»:
25 Քանի որ Ամաղեկացիներն ու Քանանացիները ձորերու մէջ կը նստին, վաղը դարձէ՛ք եւ դէպի անապատը՝ Կարմիր ծովուն ճամբան չուեցէք»։
Եւ Ամաղէկ եւ Քանանացին բնակեալ են ի ձորն. բայց դուք վաղիւ դարձարուք եւ չուեցէք յանապատէն ընդ ճանապարհ Կարմիր ծովուն:

14:25: Եւ Ամաղէկ եւ Քանանացին բնակեալ են ՚ի ձորն. բայց դուք վաղիւ դարձարո՛ւք եւ չուեցէ՛ք յանապատէն ընդ ճանապարհ Կարմիր ծովուն։
25 Ամաղէկացիներն ու քանանացիները բնակւում են ձորում, բայց դուք վաղը կը վերադառնաք եւ անապատով կը գնաք դէպի Կարմիր ծով»:
25 Քանի որ Ամաղեկացիներն ու Քանանացիները ձորերու մէջ կը նստին, վաղը դարձէ՛ք եւ դէպի անապատը՝ Կարմիր ծովուն ճամբան չուեցէք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2525: Амаликитяне и Хананеи живут в долине; завтра обратитесь и идите в пустыню к Чермному морю.
14:25 ὁ ο the δὲ δε though; while Αμαληκ αμαληκ and; even ὁ ο the Χαναναῖος χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos κατοικοῦσιν κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in τῇ ο the κοιλάδι κοιλας tomorrow; next day ἐπιστράφητε επιστρεφω turn around; return ὑμεῖς υμεις you καὶ και and; even ἀπάρατε απαιρω remove; take away εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness ὁδὸν οδος way; journey θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea ἐρυθράν ερυθρος red
14:25 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָֽ hˈā הַ the עֲמָלֵקִ֥י ʕᵃmālēqˌî עֲמָלֵקִי Amalekite וְ wᵊ וְ and הַֽ hˈa הַ the כְּנַעֲנִ֖י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˌî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite יֹושֵׁ֣ב yôšˈēv ישׁב sit בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עֵ֑מֶק ʕˈēmeq עֵמֶק valley מָחָ֗ר māḥˈār מָחָר next day פְּנ֨וּ pᵊnˌû פנה turn וּ û וְ and סְע֥וּ sᵊʕˌû נסע pull out לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to הַ ha הַ the מִּדְבָּ֖ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert דֶּ֥רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way יַם־ yam- יָם sea סֽוּף׃ פ sˈûf . f סוּף rush
14:25. quoniam Amalechites et Chananeus habitant in vallibus cras movete castra et revertimini in solitudinem per viam maris RubriFor the Amalecite and the Chanaanite dwell in the valleys. To morrow remove the camp, and return into the wilderness by the way of the Red Sea.
25. Now the Amalekite and the Canaanite dwell in the valley: tomorrow turn ye, and get you into the wilderness by the way to the Red Sea.
14:25. For the Amalekites and the Canaanites live in the valleys. Tomorrow, move the camp and return into the wilderness, by the way of the Red Sea.”
14:25. (Now the Amalekites and the Canaanites dwelt in the valley.) To morrow turn you, and get you into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea.
Now the Amalekites and the Canaanites dwelt in the valley.) To morrow turn you, and get you into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea:

25: Амаликитяне и Хананеи живут в долине; завтра обратитесь и идите в пустыню к Чермному морю.
14:25
ο the
δὲ δε though; while
Αμαληκ αμαληκ and; even
ο the
Χαναναῖος χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos
κατοικοῦσιν κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
κοιλάδι κοιλας tomorrow; next day
ἐπιστράφητε επιστρεφω turn around; return
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
καὶ και and; even
ἀπάρατε απαιρω remove; take away
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
ἐρυθράν ερυθρος red
14:25
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עֲמָלֵקִ֥י ʕᵃmālēqˌî עֲמָלֵקִי Amalekite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
כְּנַעֲנִ֖י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˌî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite
יֹושֵׁ֣ב yôšˈēv ישׁב sit
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עֵ֑מֶק ʕˈēmeq עֵמֶק valley
מָחָ֗ר māḥˈār מָחָר next day
פְּנ֨וּ pᵊnˌû פנה turn
וּ û וְ and
סְע֥וּ sᵊʕˌû נסע pull out
לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to
הַ ha הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֖ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert
דֶּ֥רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
יַם־ yam- יָם sea
סֽוּף׃ פ sˈûf . f סוּף rush
14:25. quoniam Amalechites et Chananeus habitant in vallibus cras movete castra et revertimini in solitudinem per viam maris Rubri
For the Amalecite and the Chanaanite dwell in the valleys. To morrow remove the camp, and return into the wilderness by the way of the Red Sea.
14:25. For the Amalekites and the Canaanites live in the valleys. Tomorrow, move the camp and return into the wilderness, by the way of the Red Sea.”
14:25. (Now the Amalekites and the Canaanites dwelt in the valley.) To morrow turn you, and get you into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:25: Render: And now the Amalekites and the Canaanites are dwelling (or abiding) in the valley: wherefore turn you, etc. (that so ye be not smitten before them). The Amalekites were the nomad bands that roved through the open pastures of the plain Num 14:45 : the Canaanites, a term here taken in its wider sense, were the Amorites of the neighboring cities (compare Num 14:45 with Deu 1:44), who probably lived in league with the Amalekites.
Tomorrow - Not necessarily the next day, but an idiom for "hereafter," "henceforward" (compare the marginal reading in Exo 13:14; Jos 4:6).
By the way of the Red sea - That is, apparently, by the eastern or Elanitic gulf.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:25: the Amalekites: Num 13:29
turn you: Num 14:4; Deu 1:40; Psa 81:11-13; Pro 1:31
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:25
The divine reply to the intercession of Moses terminated with a command to the people to turn on the morrow, and go to the wilderness to the Red Sea, as the Amalekites and Canaanites dwelt in the valley. "The Amalekites," etc.: this clause furnishes the reason for the command which follows. On the Amalekites, see at Gen 36:12, and Ex 17:8. The term Canaanites is a general epithet applied to all the inhabitants of Canaan, instead of the Amorites mentioned in Deut 1:44, who held the southern mountains of Canaan. "The valley" is no doubt the broad Wady Murreh (see at Num 13:21), including a portion of the Negeb, in which the Amalekites led a nomad life, whilst the Canaanites really dwelt upon the mountains (Num 14:45), close up to the Wady Murreh.
Geneva 1599
14:25 (Now the Amalekites and the Canaanites (l) dwelt in the valley.) To morrow turn you, and get you into the (m) wilderness by the way of the Red sea.
(l) And lie in wait for you.
(m) For I will not defend you.
John Gill
14:25 And now the Amalekites and the Canaanites dwelt in the valley,.... By the Canaanites are meant the Amorites, as Aben Ezra, which were a principal people of the land of Canaan, and which may be confirmed by Deut 1:19; this may seem contrary to what is said Num 13:29; where they are said to dwell in the mountain; but it may be reconciled by observing, that indeed their proper settled habitation was in the mountain; but now they went down from thence, and "sat" (z) in the valley, as it may be rendered, in ambush, there lying in wait for the children of Israel, as in Ps 10:8; and so Aben Ezra interprets it of their sitting there, to lie in wait for them: and now, though these people had so sadly provoked the Lord, yet such was his goodness to them, as to warn them of the design of their enemies, and of the danger by them, to provide for their safety, by giving them the following instruction:
tomorrow turn you; do not go forward, lest ye fall into their ambushment, but turn about, and go the contrary way; return in the way, or towards the parts from whence ye came: this they are bid to do tomorrow, but did not till some time after; for, contrary to the command of God, they went up the mount, where they were defeated by the Amalekites and Canaanites, after which they stayed in Kadesh some days, Deut 1:44,
and get you into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea; or in the way towards it; and so they would be in the way to Egypt, where the people were desirous of returning again; but as they were always a rebellious and disobedient people, and acted contrary to God, so in this case; for when he bid them go back towards the Red sea again, then they were for going forward, and entering into the land of Canaan, Num 14:40; though when he bid them go up, and possess it, then they were for returning to Egypt, Num 14:4.
(z) "sedet", Drusius, Piscator.
John Wesley
14:25 In the valley - Beyond the mountain, at the foot whereof they now were, Num 14:40. And this clause is added, either As an aggravation of Israel's misery and punishment, that being now ready to enter and take possession of the land, they are forced to go back into the wilderness or As an argument to oblige them more willingly to obey the following command of returning into the wilderness, because their enemies were very near them, and severed from them only by that Idumean mountain, and, if they did not speedily depart, their enemies would fall upon them, and so the evil which before they causelessly feared would come upon them; they, their wives and their children, would become a prey to the Amalekites and Canaanites, because God would not assist nor defend them. By the way of the Red - sea - That leadeth to the Red - sea, and to Egypt, the place whither you desire to return.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:25 (Now the Amalekites and the Canaanites dwelt in the valley)--that is, on the other side of the Idumean mountain, at whose base they were then encamped. Those nomad tribes had at that time occupied it with a determination to oppose the further progress of the Hebrew people. Hence God gave the command that they seek a safe and timely retreat into the desert, to escape the pursuit of those resolute enemies, to whom, with their wives and children, they would fall a helpless prey because they had forfeited the presence and protection of God. This verse forms an important part of the narrative and should be freed from the parenthetical form which our English translators have given it.
14:2614:26: Խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի եւ ընդ Ահարոնի՝ եւ ասէ.
26 Տէրը խօսեց Մովսէսի ու Ահարոնի հետ եւ ասաց.
26 Եւ Տէրը խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին ու Ահարոնին՝ ըսելով.
Խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի եւ ընդ Ահարոնի եւ ասէ:

14:26: Խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի եւ ընդ Ահարոնի՝ եւ ասէ.
26 Տէրը խօսեց Մովսէսի ու Ահարոնի հետ եւ ասաց.
26 Եւ Տէրը խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին ու Ահարոնին՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2626: И сказал Господь Моисею и Аарону, говоря:
14:26 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs καὶ και and; even Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron λέγων λεγω tell; declare
14:26 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֣ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֥ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to אַהֲרֹ֖ן ʔahᵃrˌōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
14:26. locutusque est Dominus ad Mosen et Aaron dicensAnd the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying:
26. And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying,
14:26. And the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying:
14:26. And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying,
And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying:

26: И сказал Господь Моисею и Аарону, говоря:
14:26
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
καὶ και and; even
Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
14:26
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֣ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֥ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to
אַהֲרֹ֖ן ʔahᵃrˌōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
14:26. locutusque est Dominus ad Mosen et Aaron dicens
And the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying:
14:26. And the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying:
14:26. And the LORD spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ all ▾
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:26
Sentence upon the Murmuring Congregation. - After the Lord had thus declared to Moses in general terms His resolution to punish the incorrigible people, and not suffer them to come to Canaan, He proceeded to tell him what announcement he was to make to the people.
Num 14:27
This announcement commences in a tone of anger, with an aposiopesis, "How long this evil congregation" (sc., "shall I forgive it," the simplest plan being to supply אשּׂא, as Rosenmller suggests, from Num 14:18), "that they murmur against Me?"
Num 14:28-31
Jehovah swore that it should happen to the murmurers as they had spoken. Their corpses should fall in the desert, even all who had been numbered, from twenty years old and upwards: they should not see the land into which Jehovah had lifted up His hand (see at Ex 6:8) to lead them, with the sole exception of Caleb and Joshua. But their children, who, as they said, would be a prey (Num 14:3), them Jehovah would bring, and they should learn to know the land which the others had despised.
Num 14:32-33
"As for you, your carcases will fall in this wilderness. But your sons will be pasturing (i.e., will lead a restless shepherd life) in the desert forty years, and bear your whoredom (i.e., endure the consequences of your faithless apostasy; see Ex 34:16), until your corpses are finished in the desert," i.e., till you have all passed away.
Num 14:34
"After the number of the forty days that he have searched the land, shall ye bear your iniquity, (reckoning) a day for a year, and know My turning away from you," or תּנוּאה, abalienatio, from נוא (Num 32:7).
Num 14:35
As surely as Jehovah had spoken this, would He do it to that evil congregation, to those who had allied themselves against Him (נועד, to bind themselves together, to conspire; Num 16:11; Num 27:3). There is no ground whatever for questioning the correctness of the statement, that the spies had travelled through Canaan for forty days, or regarding this as a so-called round number - that is to say, as unhistorical. And if this number is firmly established, there is also no ground for disputing the forty years' sojourn of the people in the wilderness, although the period during which the rebellious generation, consisting of those who were numbered at Sinai, died out, was actually thirty-eight years, reaching from the autumn of the second year after their departure from Egypt to the middle of the fortieth year of their wanderings, and terminating with the fresh numbering (ch. 26) that was undertaken after the death of Aaron, and took place on the first of the fifth month of the fortieth year (Num 20:23., compared with Num 33:38). Instead of these thirty-eight years, the forty years of the sojourn in the desert are placed in connection with the forty days of the spies, because the people had frequently fallen away from God, and been punished in consequence, even during the year and a half before their rejection; and in this respect the year and a half could be combined with the thirty-eight years which followed into one continuous period, during which they bore their iniquity, to set distinctly before the minds of the disobedient people the contrast between that peaceful dwelling in the promised land which they had forfeited, and the restless wandering in the desert, which had been imposed upon them as a punishment, and to impress upon them the causal connection between sin and suffering. "Every year that passed, and was deducted from the forty years of punishment, was a new and solemn exhortation to repent, as it called to mind the occasion of their rejection" (Kurtz). When Knobel observes, on the other hand, that "it is utterly improbable that all who came out of Egypt (that is to say, all who were twenty years old and upward when they came out) should have fallen in the desert, with the exception of two, and that there should have been no men found among the Israelites when they entered Canaan who were more than sixty years of age," the express statement, that on the second numbering there was not a man among those that were numbered who had been included in the numbering at Sinai, except Joshua and Caleb (Num 26:64.), is amply sufficient to overthrow this "improbability" as an unfounded fancy. Nor is this statement rendered at all questionable by the fact, that "Aaron's son Eleazar, who entered Canaan with Joshua" (Josh 14:1, etc.), was most likely more than twenty years old at the time of his consecration at Sinai, as the Levites were not qualified for service till their thirtieth or twenty-fifth year. For, in the first place, the regulation concerning the Levites' age of service is not to be applied without reserve to the priests also, so that we could infer from this that the sons of Aaron must have been at least twenty-five or thirty years old when they were consecrated; and besides this, the priests do not enter into the question at all, for the tribe of Levi was excepted from the numbering in ch. 1, and therefore Aaron's sons were not included among the persons numbered, who were sentenced to die in the wilderness. Still less does it follow from Josh 24:7 and Judg 2:7, where it is stated that, after the conquest of Canaan, there were many still alive who had been eye-witnesses of the wonders of God in Egypt, that they must have been more than twenty years old when they came out of Egypt; for youths from ten to nineteen years of age would certainly have been able to remember such miracles as these, even after the lapse of forty or fifty years.
Num 14:36-38
But for the purpose of giving to the whole congregation a practical proof of the solemnity of the divine threatening of punishment, the spies who had induced the congregation to revolt, through their evil report concerning the inhabitants of Canaan, were smitten by a "stroke before Jehovah," i.e., by a sudden death, which proceeded in a visible manner from Jehovah Himself, whilst Joshua and Caleb remained alive.
John Gill
14:26 And the Lord spake unto Moses and unto Aaron,.... Before he had been only speaking to Moses, who had interceded with him to pardon the people, which he had granted; but at the same time assured him they should not enter into and possess the land of Canaan, and the same he repeats to him and Aaron together:
saying: as follows.
14:2714:27: Մինչեւ յե՞րբ զժողովուրդդ զայդ զչա՛ր կրիցեմ, եւ դոքա տրտնջե՛ն առաջի իմ։ Զտրտունջ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի որ տրտնջեն զձէնջ՝ լուայ։
27 «Մինչեւ ե՞րբ պիտի հանդուրժեմ այս վատ ժողովրդին, եւ դրանք պիտի տրտնջան իմ առջեւ:
27 «Մինչեւ ե՞րբ այս չար ժողովուրդին ինծի դէմ տրտնջելուն համբերեմ. ես լսեցի Իսրայէլի որդիներուն տրտունջը, որ ինծի դէմ կը տրտնջեն։
Մինչեւ յե՞րբ զժողովուրդդ զայդ զչար կրիցեմ, եւ դոքա տրտնջեն առաջի իմ. զտրտունջ որդւոցն Իսրայելի որ տրտնջեն զձէնջ լուայ:

14:27: Մինչեւ յե՞րբ զժողովուրդդ զայդ զչա՛ր կրիցեմ, եւ դոքա տրտնջե՛ն առաջի իմ։ Զտրտունջ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի որ տրտնջեն զձէնջ՝ լուայ։
27 «Մինչեւ ե՞րբ պիտի հանդուրժեմ այս վատ ժողովրդին, եւ դրանք պիտի տրտնջան իմ առջեւ:
27 «Մինչեւ ե՞րբ այս չար ժողովուրդին ինծի դէմ տրտնջելուն համբերեմ. ես լսեցի Իսրայէլի որդիներուն տրտունջը, որ ինծի դէմ կը տրտնջեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2727: доколе злому обществу сему роптать на Меня? ропот сынов Израилевых, которым они ропщут на Меня, Я слышу.
14:27 ἕως εως till; until τίνος τις.1 who?; what? τὴν ο the συναγωγὴν συναγωγη gathering τὴν ο the πονηρὰν πονηρος harmful; malignant ταύτην ουτος this; he ἃ ος who; what αὐτοὶ αυτος he; him γογγύζουσιν γογγυζω mutter ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before ἐμοῦ εμου my τὴν ο the γόγγυσιν γογγυσις the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἣν ος who; what ἐγόγγυσαν γογγυζω mutter περὶ περι about; around ὑμῶν υμων your ἀκήκοα ακουω hear
14:27 עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto מָתַ֗י māṯˈay מָתַי when לָ lā לְ to † הַ the עֵדָ֤ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering הָֽ hˈā הַ the רָעָה֙ rāʕˌā רַע evil הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֵ֥מָּה hˌēmmā הֵמָּה they מַלִּינִ֖ים mallînˌîm לון murmur עָלָ֑י ʕālˈāy עַל upon אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] תְּלֻנֹּ֞ות tᵊlunnˈôṯ תְּלֻנֹּות murmuring בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֵ֧מָּה hˈēmmā הֵמָּה they מַלִּינִ֛ים mallînˈîm לון murmur עָלַ֖י ʕālˌay עַל upon שָׁמָֽעְתִּי׃ šāmˈāʕᵊttî שׁמע hear
14:27. usquequo multitudo haec pessima murmurat contra me querellas filiorum Israhel audiviHow long doth this wicked multitude murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel.
27. How long with this evil congregation, which murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against me.
14:27. “How long will this very wicked multitude murmur against me? I have heard the complaints of the sons of Israel.
14:27. How long [shall I bear with] this evil congregation, which murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against me.
How long [shall I bear with] this evil congregation, which murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against me:

27: доколе злому обществу сему роптать на Меня? ропот сынов Израилевых, которым они ропщут на Меня, Я слышу.
14:27
ἕως εως till; until
τίνος τις.1 who?; what?
τὴν ο the
συναγωγὴν συναγωγη gathering
τὴν ο the
πονηρὰν πονηρος harmful; malignant
ταύτην ουτος this; he
ος who; what
αὐτοὶ αυτος he; him
γογγύζουσιν γογγυζω mutter
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
ἐμοῦ εμου my
τὴν ο the
γόγγυσιν γογγυσις the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἣν ος who; what
ἐγόγγυσαν γογγυζω mutter
περὶ περι about; around
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἀκήκοα ακουω hear
14:27
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
מָתַ֗י māṯˈay מָתַי when
לָ לְ to
הַ the
עֵדָ֤ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
רָעָה֙ rāʕˌā רַע evil
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֵ֥מָּה hˌēmmā הֵמָּה they
מַלִּינִ֖ים mallînˌîm לון murmur
עָלָ֑י ʕālˈāy עַל upon
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
תְּלֻנֹּ֞ות tᵊlunnˈôṯ תְּלֻנֹּות murmuring
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֵ֧מָּה hˈēmmā הֵמָּה they
מַלִּינִ֛ים mallînˈîm לון murmur
עָלַ֖י ʕālˌay עַל upon
שָׁמָֽעְתִּי׃ šāmˈāʕᵊttî שׁמע hear
14:27. usquequo multitudo haec pessima murmurat contra me querellas filiorum Israhel audivi
How long doth this wicked multitude murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel.
14:27. “How long will this very wicked multitude murmur against me? I have heard the complaints of the sons of Israel.
14:27. How long [shall I bear with] this evil congregation, which murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against me.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:27: How long: Num 14:11; Exo 16:28; Mat 17:7; Mar 9:19
I have heard: Exo 16:12; Co1 10:10
John Gill
14:27 How long shall I bear with this evil congregation, which murmur against me?.... Bear with their murmurings, spare them, and not cut them off? how long must sparing mercy be extended to them? the Lord speaks as one weary of forbearing, so frequent and aggravated were their murmurings. The Jews understand this not of the whole congregation of Israel, but of the ten spies, from whence they gather, that ten make a congregation; and they interpret the phrase, "which murmur against me", transitively, "which cause to murmur against me"; made the children of Israel murmur against him, so Jarchi; but rather all the people are meant, as appears from Num 14:28, and from the following clause:
I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against me; for their murmurings were not only against Moses and Aaron, but against the Lord himself, Num 14:2.
14:2814:28: Արդ՝ ասասցե՛ս ցնոսա. Կեդանի՛ եմ ես ասէ Տէր, եթէ ո՛չ որպէս խօսեցայք յականջս իմ, նո՛յնպէս արարից ձեզ[1317]. [1317] Ոմանք. Արդ արասցես նոցա։
28 Ես լսեցի իսրայէլացիների տրտունջը ձեր դէմ: Արդ, նրանց կ’ասես. “Կենդանի եմ ես, - ասում է Տէրը, - եւ ես կը վարուեմ ձեզ հետ այն խօսքերի համաձայն, որ հասան իմ ականջներին.
28 Ըսէ՛ անոնց. ‘Ես կենդանի եմ, կ’ըսէ Տէրը, որ ինչպէս դուք իմ ականջներուս խօսեցաք, այնպէս պիտի ընեմ ձեզի.
Արդ` ասասցես ցնոսա. Կեդանի եմ ես, ասէ Տէր, եթէ ոչ որպէս խօսեցայք յականջս իմ` նոյնպէս արարից ձեզ:

14:28: Արդ՝ ասասցե՛ս ցնոսա. Կեդանի՛ եմ ես ասէ Տէր, եթէ ո՛չ որպէս խօսեցայք յականջս իմ, նո՛յնպէս արարից ձեզ[1317].
[1317] Ոմանք. Արդ արասցես նոցա։
28 Ես լսեցի իսրայէլացիների տրտունջը ձեր դէմ: Արդ, նրանց կ’ասես. “Կենդանի եմ ես, - ասում է Տէրը, - եւ ես կը վարուեմ ձեզ հետ այն խօսքերի համաձայն, որ հասան իմ ականջներին.
28 Ըսէ՛ անոնց. ‘Ես կենդանի եմ, կ’ըսէ Տէրը, որ ինչպէս դուք իմ ականջներուս խօսեցաք, այնպէս պիտի ընեմ ձեզի.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2828: Скажи им: живу Я, говорит Господь: как говорили вы вслух Мне, так и сделаю вам;
14:28 εἰπὸν επω say; speak αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ζῶ ζαω live; alive ἐγώ εγω I λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master ἦ η or; than μὴν μην surely; certainly ὃν ος who; what τρόπον τροπος manner; by means λελαλήκατε λαλεω talk; speak εἰς εις into; for τὰ ο the ὦτά ους ear μου μου of me; mine οὕτως ουτως so; this way ποιήσω ποιεω do; make ὑμῖν υμιν you
14:28 אֱמֹ֣ר ʔᵉmˈōr אמר say אֲלֵהֶ֗ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to חַי־ ḥay- חַי alive אָ֨נִי֙ ʔˈānî אֲנִי i נְאֻם־ nᵊʔum- נְאֻם speech יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אִם־ ʔim- אִם if לֹ֕א lˈō לֹא not כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּבַּרְתֶּ֖ם dibbartˌem דבר speak בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אָזְנָ֑י ʔoznˈāy אֹזֶן ear כֵּ֖ן kˌēn כֵּן thus אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה ʔˈeʕᵉśˌeh עשׂה make לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
14:28. dic ergo eis vivo ego ait Dominus sicut locuti estis audiente me sic faciam vobisSay therefore to them: As I live, saith the Lord: According as you have spoken in my hearing, so will I do to you.
28. Say unto them, As I live, saith the LORD, surely as ye have spoken in mine ears, so will I do to you:
14:28. Therefore, say to them: As I live, says the Lord, as you spoke in my hearing, so will I do to you.
14:28. Say unto them, [As truly as] I live, saith the LORD, as ye have spoken in mine ears, so will I do to you:
Say unto them, [As truly as] I live, saith the LORD, as ye have spoken in mine ears, so will I do to you:

28: Скажи им: живу Я, говорит Господь: как говорили вы вслух Мне, так и сделаю вам;
14:28
εἰπὸν επω say; speak
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ζῶ ζαω live; alive
ἐγώ εγω I
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
η or; than
μὴν μην surely; certainly
ὃν ος who; what
τρόπον τροπος manner; by means
λελαλήκατε λαλεω talk; speak
εἰς εις into; for
τὰ ο the
ὦτά ους ear
μου μου of me; mine
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
ποιήσω ποιεω do; make
ὑμῖν υμιν you
14:28
אֱמֹ֣ר ʔᵉmˈōr אמר say
אֲלֵהֶ֗ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to
חַי־ ḥay- חַי alive
אָ֨נִי֙ ʔˈānî אֲנִי i
נְאֻם־ nᵊʔum- נְאֻם speech
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
לֹ֕א lˈō לֹא not
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּבַּרְתֶּ֖ם dibbartˌem דבר speak
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אָזְנָ֑י ʔoznˈāy אֹזֶן ear
כֵּ֖ן kˌēn כֵּן thus
אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה ʔˈeʕᵉśˌeh עשׂה make
לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
14:28. dic ergo eis vivo ego ait Dominus sicut locuti estis audiente me sic faciam vobis
Say therefore to them: As I live, saith the Lord: According as you have spoken in my hearing, so will I do to you.
14:28. Therefore, say to them: As I live, says the Lord, as you spoke in my hearing, so will I do to you.
14:28. Say unto them, [As truly as] I live, saith the LORD, as ye have spoken in mine ears, so will I do to you:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:28: As truly: Num 14:21, Num 14:23, Num 26:64, Num 26:65, Num 32:11; Deu 1:35; Psa 90:8, Psa 90:9; Heb 3:17
as ye have: Num 14:2
John Gill
14:28 Say unto them, as truly as I live, saith the Lord,.... The form of an oath, as in Num 14:21,
as ye have spoken in mine ears, so will I do to you; what they had wished for, and expressed in the hearing of the Lord, he threatens them should be their case.
John Wesley
14:28 As ye have spoken - When you wickedly wished you might die in the wilderness.
14:2914:29: յանապատի՛ս յայսմիկ անկցի՛ն ոսկերք ձեր, եւ ամենայն հանդէս ձեր, եւ մտեալքն ՚ի ձէնջ ՚ի համար՝ ՚ի քսանամենից եւ ՚ի վեր որ տրտնջեցին զինէն.
29 այս անապատում ցրիւ պիտի գան ձեր ոսկորները, գնդերը, հաշուառման ենթարկուած քսան տարեկանից բարձր եւ իմ դէմ բողոքած բոլոր մարդիկ պիտի կոտորուեն այստեղ:
29 Ձեր դիակները այս անապատին մէջ պիտի իյնան եւ ձեր բոլոր հաշիւին համեմատ, ձեզմէ բոլոր համրուածները, քսան տարեկանէն վեր եղողները, դուք ամէնքդ, որ ինծի դէմ տրտնջեցիք,
յանապատիս յայսմիկ անկցին ոսկերք ձեր. եւ ամենայն հանդէս ձեր, եւ մտեալքն ի ձէնջ ի համար` ի քսանամենից եւ ի վեր` որ տրտնջեցին զինէն:

14:29: յանապատի՛ս յայսմիկ անկցի՛ն ոսկերք ձեր, եւ ամենայն հանդէս ձեր, եւ մտեալքն ՚ի ձէնջ ՚ի համար՝ ՚ի քսանամենից եւ ՚ի վեր որ տրտնջեցին զինէն.
29 այս անապատում ցրիւ պիտի գան ձեր ոսկորները, գնդերը, հաշուառման ենթարկուած քսան տարեկանից բարձր եւ իմ դէմ բողոքած բոլոր մարդիկ պիտի կոտորուեն այստեղ:
29 Ձեր դիակները այս անապատին մէջ պիտի իյնան եւ ձեր բոլոր հաշիւին համեմատ, ձեզմէ բոլոր համրուածները, քսան տարեկանէն վեր եղողները, դուք ամէնքդ, որ ինծի դէմ տրտնջեցիք,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2929: в пустыне сей падут тела ваши, и все вы исчисленные, сколько вас числом, от двадцати лет и выше, которые роптали на Меня,
14:29 ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness ταύτῃ ουτος this; he πεσεῖται πιπτω fall τὰ ο the κῶλα κωλον limb ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the ἐπισκοπὴ επισκοπη supervision; visitation ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the κατηριθμημένοι καταριθμεω number ὑμῶν υμων your ἀπὸ απο from; away εἰκοσαετοῦς εικοσαετης and; even ἐπάνω επανω upon; above ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as ἐγόγγυσαν γογγυζω mutter ἐπ᾿ επι in; on ἐμοί εμοι me
14:29 בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּ֣ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert הַ֠ ha הַ the זֶּה zzˌeh זֶה this יִפְּל֨וּ yippᵊlˌû נפל fall פִגְרֵיכֶ֜ם fiḡrêḵˈem פֶּגֶר corpse וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole פְּקֻדֵיכֶם֙ pᵊquḏêḵˌem פקד miss לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole מִסְפַּרְכֶ֔ם misparᵊḵˈem מִסְפָּר number מִ mi מִן from בֶּ֛ן bbˈen בֵּן son עֶשְׂרִ֥ים ʕeśrˌîm עֶשְׂרִים twenty שָׁנָ֖ה šānˌā שָׁנָה year וָ wā וְ and מָ֑עְלָה mˈāʕᵊlā מַעַל top אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֲלִֽינֹתֶ֖ם hᵃlˈînōṯˌem לון murmur עָלָֽי׃ ʕālˈāy עַל upon
14:29. in solitudine hac iacebunt cadavera vestra omnes qui numerati estis a viginti annis et supra et murmurastis contra meIn the wilderness shall your carcasses lie. All you that were numbered from twenty years old and upward, and have murmured against me,
29. your carcases shall fall in this wilderness; and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward, which have murmured against me,
14:29. In the wilderness, here shall your carcasses lie. All you who were numbered from twenty years and above, and who have murmured against me,
14:29. Your carcases shall fall in this wilderness; and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward, which have murmured against me,
Your carcases shall fall in this wilderness; and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward, which have murmured against me:

29: в пустыне сей падут тела ваши, и все вы исчисленные, сколько вас числом, от двадцати лет и выше, которые роптали на Меня,
14:29
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
πεσεῖται πιπτω fall
τὰ ο the
κῶλα κωλον limb
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
ἐπισκοπὴ επισκοπη supervision; visitation
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
κατηριθμημένοι καταριθμεω number
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἀπὸ απο from; away
εἰκοσαετοῦς εικοσαετης and; even
ἐπάνω επανω upon; above
ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as
ἐγόγγυσαν γογγυζω mutter
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
ἐμοί εμοι me
14:29
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֣ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
הַ֠ ha הַ the
זֶּה zzˌeh זֶה this
יִפְּל֨וּ yippᵊlˌû נפל fall
פִגְרֵיכֶ֜ם fiḡrêḵˈem פֶּגֶר corpse
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
פְּקֻדֵיכֶם֙ pᵊquḏêḵˌem פקד miss
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
מִסְפַּרְכֶ֔ם misparᵊḵˈem מִסְפָּר number
מִ mi מִן from
בֶּ֛ן bbˈen בֵּן son
עֶשְׂרִ֥ים ʕeśrˌîm עֶשְׂרִים twenty
שָׁנָ֖ה šānˌā שָׁנָה year
וָ וְ and
מָ֑עְלָה mˈāʕᵊlā מַעַל top
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֲלִֽינֹתֶ֖ם hᵃlˈînōṯˌem לון murmur
עָלָֽי׃ ʕālˈāy עַל upon
14:29. in solitudine hac iacebunt cadavera vestra omnes qui numerati estis a viginti annis et supra et murmurastis contra me
In the wilderness shall your carcasses lie. All you that were numbered from twenty years old and upward, and have murmured against me,
14:29. In the wilderness, here shall your carcasses lie. All you who were numbered from twenty years and above, and who have murmured against me,
14:29. Your carcases shall fall in this wilderness; and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward, which have murmured against me,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:29: carcases: Num 14:32, Num 14:33; Co1 10:5; Heb 3:17; Jde 1:5
all that were: Num 1:45, Num 26:64
John Gill
14:29 Your carcasses shall fall in this wilderness,.... They had wished they had died in it, Num 14:2, and the Lord here declares they should, which is signified by the falling of their carcasses in it, or their bodies, which when dead fall to the ground, having no strength to support themselves:
and all that were numbered of you: but a few months before this time, when their number was 603,550, Num 1:46,
according to your number from twenty years old and upward; which is observed, as Jarchi thinks, to except the Levites, for they were not numbered with the other tribes; and when they were numbered by themselves, their number was taken from a month old and upwards; wherefore it need not be wondered at, if we find that there were of them who did not fall in the wilderness, but entered into the land of Canaan, as it is certain Eleazar the priest, the son of Aaron, did, Num 34:17,
which have murmured against me; which shows, that not the spies only, who caused the people to murmur, but the people themselves who murmured, and had been numbered, from twenty years old and upward, are the evil congregation the Lord thus threatened with death.
14:3014:30: թէ՛ մտցեն յերկիրն՝ յոր համբարձի զձեռն իմ բնակեցուցանել զձեզ ՚ի նմա. բայց Քաղէբ՝ որդի Յեփոնեայ, եւ Յեսու Նաւեան[1318]։ [1318] Այլք. Թէ մտանիցեն յերկիրն։
30 Նրանք չպիտի մտնեն այն երկիրը, որի վրայ բարձրացնելով իմ ձեռքը՝ երդուեցի, թէ՝ “Ձեզ կը բնակեցնեմ այնտեղ, բացի Յեփոնէի որդի Քաղէբից ու Նաւէի որդի Յեսուից:
30 Անշուշտ պիտի չմտնէք այն երկիրը՝ որուն մէջ ձեզ բնակեցնելու երդում ըրի*, բացի Յեփոնէին որդիէն Քաղէբէն ու Նաւէին որդիէն՝ Յեսուէն։
թէ մտանիցեն յերկիրն յոր համբարձի զձեռն իմ բնակեցուցանել զձեզ ի նմա, բայց Քաղէբ` որդի Յեփոնեայ, եւ Յեսու Նաւեան:

14:30: թէ՛ մտցեն յերկիրն՝ յոր համբարձի զձեռն իմ բնակեցուցանել զձեզ ՚ի նմա. բայց Քաղէբ՝ որդի Յեփոնեայ, եւ Յեսու Նաւեան[1318]։
[1318] Այլք. Թէ մտանիցեն յերկիրն։
30 Նրանք չպիտի մտնեն այն երկիրը, որի վրայ բարձրացնելով իմ ձեռքը՝ երդուեցի, թէ՝ “Ձեզ կը բնակեցնեմ այնտեղ, բացի Յեփոնէի որդի Քաղէբից ու Նաւէի որդի Յեսուից:
30 Անշուշտ պիտի չմտնէք այն երկիրը՝ որուն մէջ ձեզ բնակեցնելու երդում ըրի*, բացի Յեփոնէին որդիէն Քաղէբէն ու Նաւէին որդիէն՝ Յեսուէն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3030: не войдете в землю, на которой Я, подъемля руку Мою, [клялся] поселить вас, кроме Халева, сына Иефонниина, и Иисуса, сына Навина;
14:30 εἰ ει if; whether ὑμεῖς υμεις you εἰσελεύσεσθε εισερχομαι enter; go in εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἐφ᾿ επι in; on ἣν ος who; what ἐξέτεινα εκτεινω extend τὴν ο the χεῖρά χειρ hand μου μου of me; mine κατασκηνῶσαι κατασκηνοω nest; camp ὑμᾶς υμας you ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but ἢ η or; than Χαλεβ χαλεβ son Ιεφοννη ιεφοννη and; even Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus ὁ ο the τοῦ ο the Ναυη ναυη Nauē; Nai
14:30 אִם־ ʔim- אִם if אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you תָּבֹ֣אוּ tāvˈōʔû בוא come אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ nāśˈāṯî נשׂא lift אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יָדִ֔י yāḏˈî יָד hand לְ lᵊ לְ to שַׁכֵּ֥ן šakkˌēn שׁכן dwell אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] בָּ֑הּ bˈāh בְּ in כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that אִם־ ʔim- אִם if כָּלֵ֣ב kālˈēv כָּלֵב Caleb בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son יְפֻנֶּ֔ה yᵊfunnˈeh יְפֻנֶּה Jephunneh וִ wi וְ and יהֹושֻׁ֖עַ yhôšˌuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son נֽוּן׃ nˈûn נוּן Nun
14:30. non intrabitis terram super quam levavi manum meam ut habitare vos facerem praeter Chaleb filium Iepphonne et Iosue filium NunShall not enter into the land, over which I lifted up my hand to make you dwell therein, except Caleb the son of Jephone, and Josue the son of Nun.
30. surely ye shall not come into the land, concerning which I lifted up my hand that I would make you dwell therein, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun.
14:30. you shall not enter into the land, over which I lifted up my hand to cause you to live there, except Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun.
14:30. Doubtless ye shall not come into the land, [concerning] which I sware to make you dwell therein, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun.
Doubtless ye shall not come into the land, [concerning] which I sware to make you dwell therein, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun:

30: не войдете в землю, на которой Я, подъемля руку Мою, [клялся] поселить вас, кроме Халева, сына Иефонниина, и Иисуса, сына Навина;
14:30
εἰ ει if; whether
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
εἰσελεύσεσθε εισερχομαι enter; go in
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἐφ᾿ επι in; on
ἣν ος who; what
ἐξέτεινα εκτεινω extend
τὴν ο the
χεῖρά χειρ hand
μου μου of me; mine
κατασκηνῶσαι κατασκηνοω nest; camp
ὑμᾶς υμας you
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but
η or; than
Χαλεβ χαλεβ son
Ιεφοννη ιεφοννη and; even
Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
ο the
τοῦ ο the
Ναυη ναυη Nauē; Nai
14:30
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
תָּבֹ֣אוּ tāvˈōʔû בוא come
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ nāśˈāṯî נשׂא lift
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יָדִ֔י yāḏˈî יָד hand
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שַׁכֵּ֥ן šakkˌēn שׁכן dwell
אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
בָּ֑הּ bˈāh בְּ in
כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
כָּלֵ֣ב kālˈēv כָּלֵב Caleb
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
יְפֻנֶּ֔ה yᵊfunnˈeh יְפֻנֶּה Jephunneh
וִ wi וְ and
יהֹושֻׁ֖עַ yhôšˌuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son
נֽוּן׃ nˈûn נוּן Nun
14:30. non intrabitis terram super quam levavi manum meam ut habitare vos facerem praeter Chaleb filium Iepphonne et Iosue filium Nun
Shall not enter into the land, over which I lifted up my hand to make you dwell therein, except Caleb the son of Jephone, and Josue the son of Nun.
14:30. you shall not enter into the land, over which I lifted up my hand to cause you to live there, except Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun.
14:30. Doubtless ye shall not come into the land, [concerning] which I sware to make you dwell therein, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:30: sware: Heb. lifted up my hand, Gen 14:22
save Caleb: Num 14:38, Num 26:65, Num 32:12; Deu 1:36-38
John Gill
14:30 Doubtless ye shall not come into the land,.... The land of Canaan; or "if ye shall come" (a); that is, I swear ye shall not, so the Targum of Jonathan:
concerning which I sware to make you dwell therein; not them personally, but the people and nation of which they were, and to which they belonged, the seed and posterity of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to whom the oath was made:
save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun; who brought a good report of the land. Caleb is mentioned first, as Aben Ezra thinks, because he first appeased and quieted the people; but in Num 14:38 Joshua stands first, so that nothing is to be inferred from hence; these were the only two of the spies that went into the land of Canaan, Num 13:4; and the only two of the Israelites that were numbered, from twenty years old and upwards, Num 14:29; those of the tribe of Levi, not being in that account, must be remembered to be excepted also.
(a) "si vos ingressi fueritis", Pagninus, Montanus.
John Wesley
14:30 You - Your nation; for God did not swear to do so to these particular persons.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:30 save Caleb . . . and Joshua--These are specially mentioned, as honorable exceptions to the rest of the scouts, and also as the future leaders of the people. But it appears that some of the old generation did not join in the mutinous murmuring, including in that number the whole order of the priests (Josh 14:1).
14:3114:31: Եւ զորդիսն զորմէ ասացէք թէ ՚ի յափշտակութիւն լինիցին, տարա՛յց զնոսա յերկիրն. եւ ժառանգեսցե՛ն զնա, յորմէ դո՛ւքն յափրացարուք։
31 Իսկ ձեր զաւակները, որոնց մասին ասացիք, թէ կը յափշտակուեն, նրանց կը տամ այդ երկիրը, նրանք կը ժառանգեն այն, որից դուք նողկանքով յե՛տ քաշուեցիք:
31 Եւ ձեր որդիները, որոնց համար դուք ըսիք թէ պիտի յափշտակուին, զանոնք պիտի տանիմ եւ ձեր չհաւնած երկիրը անոնք պիտի տեսնեն*։
Եւ զորդիսն զորմէ ասացէք թէ ի յափշտակութիւն լինիցին` տարայց զնոսա յերկիրն, եւ ժառանգեսցեն զնա, յորմէ դուքն յափրացարուք:

14:31: Եւ զորդիսն զորմէ ասացէք թէ ՚ի յափշտակութիւն լինիցին, տարա՛յց զնոսա յերկիրն. եւ ժառանգեսցե՛ն զնա, յորմէ դո՛ւքն յափրացարուք։
31 Իսկ ձեր զաւակները, որոնց մասին ասացիք, թէ կը յափշտակուեն, նրանց կը տամ այդ երկիրը, նրանք կը ժառանգեն այն, որից դուք նողկանքով յե՛տ քաշուեցիք:
31 Եւ ձեր որդիները, որոնց համար դուք ըսիք թէ պիտի յափշտակուին, զանոնք պիտի տանիմ եւ ձեր չհաւնած երկիրը անոնք պիտի տեսնեն*։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3131: детей ваших, о которых вы говорили, что они достанутся в добычу [врагам], Я введу [туда], и они узнают землю, которую вы презрели,
14:31 καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the παιδία παιδιον toddler; little child ἃ ος who; what εἴπατε επω say; speak ἐν εν in διαρπαγῇ διαρπαγη be εἰσάξω εισαγω lead in; bring in αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even κληρονομήσουσιν κληρονομεω inherit; heir τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what ὑμεῖς υμεις you ἀπέστητε αφιστημι distance; keep distance ἀπ᾿ απο from; away αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
14:31 וְ wᵊ וְ and טַ֨פְּכֶ֔ם ṭˌappᵊḵˈem טַף [those unable to march] אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם ʔᵃmartˌem אמר say לָ lā לְ to בַ֣ז vˈaz בַּז spoiling יִהְיֶ֑ה yihyˈeh היה be וְ wᵊ וְ and הֵבֵיאתִ֣י hēvêṯˈî בוא come אֹתָ֔ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker] וְ wᵊ וְ and יָֽדְעוּ֙ yˈāḏᵊʕû ידע know אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] מְאַסְתֶּ֖ם mᵊʔastˌem מאס retract בָּֽהּ׃ bˈāh בְּ in
14:31. parvulos autem vestros de quibus dixistis quod praedae hostibus forent introducam ut videant terram quae vobis displicuitBut your children, of whom you said, that they should be a prey to the enemies, will I bring in: that they may see the land which you have despised.
31. But your little ones, which ye said should be a prey, them will I bring in, and they shall know the land which ye have rejected.
14:31. But your little ones, about whom you said that they would be a prey to the enemies, I will lead them in, so that they may see the land that has displeased you.
14:31. But your little ones, which ye said should be a prey, them will I bring in, and they shall know the land which ye have despised.
But your little ones, which ye said should be a prey, them will I bring in, and they shall know the land which ye have despised:

31: детей ваших, о которых вы говорили, что они достанутся в добычу [врагам], Я введу [туда], и они узнают землю, которую вы презрели,
14:31
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
παιδία παιδιον toddler; little child
ος who; what
εἴπατε επω say; speak
ἐν εν in
διαρπαγῇ διαρπαγη be
εἰσάξω εισαγω lead in; bring in
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
κληρονομήσουσιν κληρονομεω inherit; heir
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
ἀπέστητε αφιστημι distance; keep distance
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
14:31
וְ wᵊ וְ and
טַ֨פְּכֶ֔ם ṭˌappᵊḵˈem טַף [those unable to march]
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם ʔᵃmartˌem אמר say
לָ לְ to
בַ֣ז vˈaz בַּז spoiling
יִהְיֶ֑ה yihyˈeh היה be
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֵבֵיאתִ֣י hēvêṯˈî בוא come
אֹתָ֔ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָֽדְעוּ֙ yˈāḏᵊʕû ידע know
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מְאַסְתֶּ֖ם mᵊʔastˌem מאס retract
בָּֽהּ׃ bˈāh בְּ in
14:31. parvulos autem vestros de quibus dixistis quod praedae hostibus forent introducam ut videant terram quae vobis displicuit
But your children, of whom you said, that they should be a prey to the enemies, will I bring in: that they may see the land which you have despised.
14:31. But your little ones, about whom you said that they would be a prey to the enemies, I will lead them in, so that they may see the land that has displeased you.
14:31. But your little ones, which ye said should be a prey, them will I bring in, and they shall know the land which ye have despised.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:31: little ones: Num 26:6, Num 26:64; Deu 1:39
ye said: Num 14:3
know: Their children, by possessing Canaan, knew what a good land their fathers had despised.
the land: Gen 25:34; Psa 106:24; Pro 1:25, Pro 1:30; Mat 22:5; Act 13:41; Heb 12:16, Heb 12:17
John Gill
14:31 But your little ones, which ye said should be a prey,.... To the Canaanites, Num 14:3,
them will I bring in; into the land of Canaan, and so fulfil the promise made to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob: for the unbelief of this congregation did not make the faith, or faithfulness of God, of none effect:
and they shall know the land which ye have despised; shall know what a good land it is by experience, and shall possess and enjoy it with approbation, delight, and pleasure, which they, believing the spies, rejected with, loathing and disdain.
14:3214:32: Եւ ոսկերք ձեր անկցին աստէ՛ն յանապատիս[1319]. [1319] Ոմանք. Եւ ոսկերքն ձեր անկանիցին։
32 Ձեր ոսկորները ցրիւ կը գան այս անապատում,
32 Բայց ձեր դիակները այս անապատին մէջ պիտի իյնան։
Եւ ոսկերք ձեր անկցին աստէն յանապատիս:

14:32: Եւ ոսկերք ձեր անկցին աստէ՛ն յանապատիս[1319].
[1319] Ոմանք. Եւ ոսկերքն ձեր անկանիցին։
32 Ձեր ոսկորները ցրիւ կը գան այս անապատում,
32 Բայց ձեր դիակները այս անապատին մէջ պիտի իյնան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3232: а ваши трупы падут в пустыне сей;
14:32 καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the κῶλα κωλον limb ὑμῶν υμων your πεσεῖται πιπτω fall ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
14:32 וּ û וְ and פִגְרֵיכֶ֖ם fiḡrêḵˌem פֶּגֶר corpse אַתֶּ֑ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you יִפְּל֖וּ yippᵊlˌû נפל fall בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּ֥ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
14:32. vestra cadavera iacebunt in solitudineYour carcasses shall lie in the wilderness.
32. But as for you, your carcases shall fall in this wilderness.
14:32. Your carcasses shall lie in the wilderness.
14:32. But [as for] you, your carcases, they shall fall in this wilderness.
But [as for] you, your carcases, they shall fall in this wilderness:

32: а ваши трупы падут в пустыне сей;
14:32
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
κῶλα κωλον limb
ὑμῶν υμων your
πεσεῖται πιπτω fall
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
14:32
וּ û וְ and
פִגְרֵיכֶ֖ם fiḡrêḵˌem פֶּגֶר corpse
אַתֶּ֑ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
יִפְּל֖וּ yippᵊlˌû נפל fall
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֥ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
14:32. vestra cadavera iacebunt in solitudine
Your carcasses shall lie in the wilderness.
14:32. Your carcasses shall lie in the wilderness.
14:32. But [as for] you, your carcases, they shall fall in this wilderness.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:32: Num 14:29; Co1 10:5; Heb 3:17
John Gill
14:32 But as for you, your carcasses,.... Which way of speaking seems to be used to distinguish them from their children:
they shall fall in this wilderness: which is repeated for the confirmation and certainty it, and an emphasis is laid on the words, this which are pronounced with an accent, to put them in mind of their wish, Num 14:2.
John Wesley
14:32 Your carcases - See with what contempt they are spoken of, now they had by their sin made themselves vile! The mighty men of valour were but carcases, now the Spirit of the Lord was departed from them! It was very probably upon this occasion, that Moses wrote the ninetieth psalm.
14:3314:33: եւ որդիք ձեր ճարակեսցի՛ն յանապատի աստ՝ ա՛մս քառասուն, եւ բարձցե՛ն զպոռնկութիւն ձեր, մինչեւ մաշեսցի՛ն ոսկերք ձեր յանապատի աստ։
33 իսկ ձեր զաւակները քառասուն տարի խոտ կը ճարակեն այս անապատում եւ կը հատուցեն ձեր հոգու պոռնկութեան դիմաց, մինչեւ որ ձեր ոսկորները փտեն այս անապատում:
33 Եւ ձեր որդիները անապատին մէջ քառասուն տարի պիտի մոլորին* ու ձեր պոռնկութիւնները կրեն, մինչեւ որ ձեր դիակները անապատին մէջ սպառին։
Եւ որդիք ձեր ճարակեսցին յանապատի աստ ամս քառասուն, եւ բարձցեն զպոռնկութիւն ձեր, մինչեւ մաշեսցին ոսկերք ձեր յանապատի աստ:

14:33: եւ որդիք ձեր ճարակեսցի՛ն յանապատի աստ՝ ա՛մս քառասուն, եւ բարձցե՛ն զպոռնկութիւն ձեր, մինչեւ մաշեսցի՛ն ոսկերք ձեր յանապատի աստ։
33 իսկ ձեր զաւակները քառասուն տարի խոտ կը ճարակեն այս անապատում եւ կը հատուցեն ձեր հոգու պոռնկութեան դիմաց, մինչեւ որ ձեր ոսկորները փտեն այս անապատում:
33 Եւ ձեր որդիները անապատին մէջ քառասուն տարի պիտի մոլորին* ու ձեր պոռնկութիւնները կրեն, մինչեւ որ ձեր դիակները անապատին մէջ սպառին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3333: а сыны ваши будут кочевать в пустыне сорок лет, и будут нести [наказание] за блудодейство ваше, доколе не погибнут все тела ваши в пустыне;
14:33 οἱ ο the δὲ δε though; while υἱοὶ υιος son ὑμῶν υμων your ἔσονται ειμι be νεμόμενοι νεμω in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty ἔτη ετος year καὶ και and; even ἀνοίσουσιν αναφερω bring up; carry up τὴν ο the πορνείαν πορνεια prostitution; depravity ὑμῶν υμων your ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever ἀναλωθῇ αναλισκω waste; consume τὰ ο the κῶλα κωλον limb ὑμῶν υμων your ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
14:33 וּ֠ û וְ and בְנֵיכֶם vᵊnêḵˌem בֵּן son יִהְי֨וּ yihyˌû היה be רֹעִ֤ים rōʕˈîm רעה pasture בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּר֙ mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert אַרְבָּעִ֣ים ʔarbāʕˈîm אַרְבַּע four שָׁנָ֔ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year וְ wᵊ וְ and נָשְׂא֖וּ nāśᵊʔˌû נשׂא lift אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] זְנוּתֵיכֶ֑ם zᵊnûṯêḵˈem זְנוּת fornication עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto תֹּ֥ם tˌōm תמם be complete פִּגְרֵיכֶ֖ם piḡrêḵˌem פֶּגֶר corpse בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּֽר׃ mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
14:33. filii vestri erunt vagi in deserto annis quadraginta et portabunt fornicationem vestram donec consumantur cadavera patrum in desertoYour children shall wander in the desert forty years, and shall bear your fornication, until the carcasses of their fathers be consumed in the desert,
33. And your children shall be wanderers in the wilderness forty years, and shall bear your whoredoms, until your carcases be consumed in the wilderness.
14:33. Your sons shall wander in the desert for forty years, and they shall bear your fornication, until the carcasses of their fathers are consumed in the desert.
14:33. And your children shall wander in the wilderness forty years, and bear your whoredoms, until your carcases be wasted in the wilderness.
And your children shall wander in the wilderness forty years, and bear your whoredoms, until your carcases be wasted in the wilderness:

33: а сыны ваши будут кочевать в пустыне сорок лет, и будут нести [наказание] за блудодейство ваше, доколе не погибнут все тела ваши в пустыне;
14:33
οἱ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
υἱοὶ υιος son
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἔσονται ειμι be
νεμόμενοι νεμω in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
ἔτη ετος year
καὶ και and; even
ἀνοίσουσιν αναφερω bring up; carry up
τὴν ο the
πορνείαν πορνεια prostitution; depravity
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
ἀναλωθῇ αναλισκω waste; consume
τὰ ο the
κῶλα κωλον limb
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
14:33
וּ֠ û וְ and
בְנֵיכֶם vᵊnêḵˌem בֵּן son
יִהְי֨וּ yihyˌû היה be
רֹעִ֤ים rōʕˈîm רעה pasture
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּר֙ mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert
אַרְבָּעִ֣ים ʔarbāʕˈîm אַרְבַּע four
שָׁנָ֔ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָשְׂא֖וּ nāśᵊʔˌû נשׂא lift
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
זְנוּתֵיכֶ֑ם zᵊnûṯêḵˈem זְנוּת fornication
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
תֹּ֥ם tˌōm תמם be complete
פִּגְרֵיכֶ֖ם piḡrêḵˌem פֶּגֶר corpse
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּֽר׃ mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
14:33. filii vestri erunt vagi in deserto annis quadraginta et portabunt fornicationem vestram donec consumantur cadavera patrum in deserto
Your children shall wander in the desert forty years, and shall bear your fornication, until the carcasses of their fathers be consumed in the desert,
14:33. Your sons shall wander in the desert for forty years, and they shall bear your fornication, until the carcasses of their fathers are consumed in the desert.
14:33. And your children shall wander in the wilderness forty years, and bear your whoredoms, until your carcases be wasted in the wilderness.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:33: Your whoredoms - Their several rebellions had been so many acts of faithless departure from the Lord who had taken them unto Himself. And as the children of the unchaste have generally to bear in their earthly careers much of the disgrace and the misery which forms the natural penalty of their parents' transgression; so here the children of the Israelites, although suffered to hope for an eventual entry into Canaan, were yet to endure, through many long years' wandering, the appropriate punishment of their fathers' willfulness.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:33: shall wander in the wilderness: or, feed, This implies, that they should move from place to place in the deserts, as the Bedounin Arabs, who have no certain dwelling, but rove about seeking pasture for their flocks. Num 32:13; Jos 14:10; Psa 107:4, Psa 107:40
forty years: Num 33:38; Deu 1:3, Deu 2:14
bear: Num 5:31; Jer 3:1, Jer 3:2; Eze 23:35, Eze 23:45-49; Hos 9:1
Geneva 1599
14:33 And your children shall (n) wander in the wilderness forty years, and bear your (o) whoredoms, until your carcases be wasted in the wilderness.
(n) The word signifies to be shepherds, or to wander like shepherds to and fro.
(o) Your infidelity and disobedience against God.
John Gill
14:33 And your children shall wander in the wilderness forty years,.... Or "feed" (b), as shepherds, who go from place to place, and seek fresh pasture for their sheep; it being the custom of a shepherd, as Aben Ezra observes, not to stand or rest in a place; and so like sheep grazing in a wilderness, where they have short commons, and wander about in search, of better. These forty years are to be reckoned from their coming out of Egypt, from whence they had now been come about a year and a half:
and bear your whoredoms; the punishment of their idolatries, which are frequently signified by this phrase, and particularly of the idolatry of the calf, which God threatened to punish whenever he visited for sin, Ex 32:34; and of other sins, as their murmurings, &c. for it was on account of them their children wandered so long in the wilderness, and were kept out of the possession of the land of Canaan:
until your carcasses be wasted in the wilderness; everyone of them be consumed by death, save those before excepted, Num 14:30.
(b) "erunt pascentes", Pagninus, Montanus, Drusius, Junius & Tremellius; "pascent", Tigurine version, Piscator.
John Wesley
14:33 Forty years - So long as to make up the time of your dwelling in the wilderness forty years; one whole year and part of another were past before this sin or judgment. Your whoredoms - The punishment of your whoredoms, of your apostacy from, and perfidiousness against your Lord, who was your husband, and had married you to himself.
14:3414:34: Ըստ թուոյ աւուրցն քառասնից. օ՛ր ընդ տարւոյ ընդունիցիք զմեղս ձեր զքառասուն ամ, եւ ծանիջի՛ք զսրտմտութիւն բարկութեան իմոյ։
34 Երկիրը հետախուզելու քառասուն օրերի թուի համեմատ ձեր գործած մեղքերի համար քառասուն տարի պիտի պատժուէք, որպէսզի ճանաչէք իմ բարկութիւնն ու ցասումը:
34 Ինչպէս երկիրը քառասուն օրուան մէջ լրտեսեցիք, այնպէս ալ այն օրերուն թիւին համեմատ՝ ամէն մէկ օրուան տեղ մէկ–մէկ տարի սեպելով՝ քառասուն տարի պիտի կրէք ձեր անօրէնութիւնները, որ գիտնաք թէ ձեզմէ հեռացած եմ։
Ըստ թուոյ աւուրցն [227]քառասնից, օր ընդ տարւոյ ընդունիցիք զմեղս ձեր` զքառասուն ամ, եւ ծանիջիք զսրտմտութիւն բարկութեան իմոյ:

14:34: Ըստ թուոյ աւուրցն քառասնից. օ՛ր ընդ տարւոյ ընդունիցիք զմեղս ձեր զքառասուն ամ, եւ ծանիջի՛ք զսրտմտութիւն բարկութեան իմոյ։
34 Երկիրը հետախուզելու քառասուն օրերի թուի համեմատ ձեր գործած մեղքերի համար քառասուն տարի պիտի պատժուէք, որպէսզի ճանաչէք իմ բարկութիւնն ու ցասումը:
34 Ինչպէս երկիրը քառասուն օրուան մէջ լրտեսեցիք, այնպէս ալ այն օրերուն թիւին համեմատ՝ ամէն մէկ օրուան տեղ մէկ–մէկ տարի սեպելով՝ քառասուն տարի պիտի կրէք ձեր անօրէնութիւնները, որ գիտնաք թէ ձեզմէ հեռացած եմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3434: по числу сорока дней, в которые вы осматривали землю, вы понесете наказание за грехи ваши сорок лет, год за день, дабы вы познали, [что] [значит] быть оставленным Мною.
14:34 κατὰ κατα down; by τὸν ο the ἀριθμὸν αριθμος number τῶν ο the ἡμερῶν ημερα day ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as κατεσκέψασθε κατασκεπτομαι the γῆν γη earth; land τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty ἡμέρας ημερα day ἡμέραν ημερα day τοῦ ο the ἐνιαυτοῦ ενιαυτος cycle; period λήμψεσθε λαμβανω take; get τὰς ο the ἁμαρτίας αμαρτια sin; fault ὑμῶν υμων your τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty ἔτη ετος year καὶ και and; even γνώσεσθε γινωσκω know τὸν ο the θυμὸν θυμος provocation; temper τῆς ο the ὀργῆς οργη passion; temperament μου μου of me; mine
14:34 בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִסְפַּ֨ר mispˌar מִסְפָּר number הַ ha הַ the יָּמִ֜ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] תַּרְתֶּ֣ם tartˈem תור spy אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָרֶץ֮ ʔāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אַרְבָּעִ֣ים ʔarbāʕˈîm אַרְבַּע four יֹום֒ yôm יֹום day יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day לַ la לְ to † הַ the שָּׁנָ֞ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day לַ la לְ to † הַ the שָּׁנָ֗ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year תִּשְׂאוּ֙ tiśʔˌû נשׂא lift אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עֲוֹנֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם ʕᵃwōnˈōṯêḵˈem עָוֹן sin אַרְבָּעִ֖ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four שָׁנָ֑ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year וִֽ wˈi וְ and ידַעְתֶּ֖ם yḏaʕtˌem ידע know אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] תְּנוּאָתִֽי׃ tᵊnûʔāṯˈî תְּנוּאָה opposition
14:34. iuxta numerum quadraginta dierum quibus considerastis terram annus pro die inputabitur et quadraginta annis recipietis iniquitates vestras et scietis ultionem meamAccording to the number of the forty days, wherein you viewed the land: a year shall be counted for a day. And forty years you shall receive your iniquities, and shall know my revenge:
34. After the number of the days in which ye spied out the land, even forty days, for every day a year, shall ye bear your iniquities, even forty years, and ye shall know my alienation.
14:34. According to the number of the forty days, during which you examined the land, one year shall be charged for each day. And so, for forty years you shall take back your iniquities, and you shall know my retribution.
14:34. After the number of the days in which ye searched the land, [even] forty days, each day for a year, shall ye bear your iniquities, [even] forty years, and ye shall know my breach of promise.
After the number of the days in which ye searched the land, [even] forty days, each day for a year, shall ye bear your iniquities, [even] forty years, and ye shall know my breach of promise:

34: по числу сорока дней, в которые вы осматривали землю, вы понесете наказание за грехи ваши сорок лет, год за день, дабы вы познали, [что] [значит] быть оставленным Мною.
14:34
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὸν ο the
ἀριθμὸν αριθμος number
τῶν ο the
ἡμερῶν ημερα day
ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as
κατεσκέψασθε κατασκεπτομαι the
γῆν γη earth; land
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
ἡμέρας ημερα day
ἡμέραν ημερα day
τοῦ ο the
ἐνιαυτοῦ ενιαυτος cycle; period
λήμψεσθε λαμβανω take; get
τὰς ο the
ἁμαρτίας αμαρτια sin; fault
ὑμῶν υμων your
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
ἔτη ετος year
καὶ και and; even
γνώσεσθε γινωσκω know
τὸν ο the
θυμὸν θυμος provocation; temper
τῆς ο the
ὀργῆς οργη passion; temperament
μου μου of me; mine
14:34
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִסְפַּ֨ר mispˌar מִסְפָּר number
הַ ha הַ the
יָּמִ֜ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תַּרְתֶּ֣ם tartˈem תור spy
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָרֶץ֮ ʔāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אַרְבָּעִ֣ים ʔarbāʕˈîm אַרְבַּע four
יֹום֒ yôm יֹום day
יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
שָּׁנָ֞ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year
יֹ֣ום yˈôm יֹום day
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
שָּׁנָ֗ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year
תִּשְׂאוּ֙ tiśʔˌû נשׂא lift
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עֲוֹנֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם ʕᵃwōnˈōṯêḵˈem עָוֹן sin
אַרְבָּעִ֖ים ʔarbāʕˌîm אַרְבַּע four
שָׁנָ֑ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ידַעְתֶּ֖ם yḏaʕtˌem ידע know
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
תְּנוּאָתִֽי׃ tᵊnûʔāṯˈî תְּנוּאָה opposition
14:34. iuxta numerum quadraginta dierum quibus considerastis terram annus pro die inputabitur et quadraginta annis recipietis iniquitates vestras et scietis ultionem meam
According to the number of the forty days, wherein you viewed the land: a year shall be counted for a day. And forty years you shall receive your iniquities, and shall know my revenge:
14:34. According to the number of the forty days, during which you examined the land, one year shall be charged for each day. And so, for forty years you shall take back your iniquities, and you shall know my retribution.
14:34. After the number of the days in which ye searched the land, [even] forty days, each day for a year, shall ye bear your iniquities, [even] forty years, and ye shall know my breach of promise.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:34: After the number of the days - The spies were forty days in searching the land, and the people who rebelled on their evil report are condemned to wander forty years in the wilderness! Now let them make them a captain and go back to Egypt if they can. God had so hedged them about with his power and providence that they could neither go back to Egypt nor get forward to the promised land! God has provided innumerable spiritual blessings for mankind, but in the pursuit of earthly good they lose them, and often lose the others also! If ye be willing and obedient, ye shall eat the fruit of the land, but not otherwise; unless for your farther punishment God give you your portion in this life, and ye get none in the life to come. From so great a curse may God save thee, thou money-loving, honor-hunting, pleasure-taking, thoughtless, godless man!
And ye shall know my breach of promise - This is certainly a most harsh expression; and most learned men agree that the words את תנואתי eth tenuathi should be translated my vengeance, which is the rendering of the Septuagint, Vulgate, Coptic, and Anglo-Saxon, and which is followed by almost all our ancient English translations. The meaning however appears to be this: As God had promised to bring them into the good land, provided they kept his statutes, ordinances, etc., and they had now broken their engagements, he was no longer held by his covenant; and therefore, by excluding them from the promised land, he showed them at once his annulling of the covenant which they had broken, and his vengeance because they had broken it.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:34: My breach of promise - In the original, a word, found elsewhere only in Job 30:10, and meaning "my withdrawals" "my turning away." See the margin.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:34: After: Num 13:25; Ch2 36:21
the number: Psa 95:10; Eze 4:6; Dan 9:24; Rev 11:3
shall ye bear: Num 18:23; Lev 20:19; Psa 38:4; Eze 14:10
ye shall: Kg1 8:56; Psa 77:8, Psa 105:42; Jer 18:9, Jer 18:10; Lam 3:31-33; Heb 4:1
breach of promise: or, altering of my purpose, Tenooathi, rather, my failure, or disannulling, from noo, to fail, disannul; for as they had broken their engagements, God was no longer held by his covenant. Deu 31:16, Deu 31:17; Sa1 2:30; Zac 11:10
Geneva 1599
14:34 After the number of the days in which ye searched the land, [even] forty days, each day for a year, shall ye bear your iniquities, [even] forty years, and ye (p) shall know my breach of promise.
(p) Whether my promise is true or not.
John Gill
14:34 After the number of days in which ye searched the land,
even forty days,.... For so long they were searching it, Num 13:25,
each day for a year; reckoning each day for a year, forty days for forty years, as in Ezek 4:6,
shall ye bear your iniquities, even forty years: which number is given, being a round one, otherwise it was but thirty eight years and a half ere they were all cut off, and their children entered the land:
and ye shall know my breach of promise; God never makes any breach of promise; his covenant he will not break, nor alter what is gone out of his lips; men break their promises, and transgress the covenant they have made with him, but he never breaks his, Ps 89:34; this should rather be rendered only, "ye shall know my breach"; experience a breach made upon them by him, upon their persons and families by consuming them in the wilderness: the Targum of Jonathan is,"and ye shall know what ye have murmured against me;''this same word is used in the plural in Job 33:10, and is by the Targum rendered "murmurings" or "complaints"; and so the sense is, ye shall know by sad experience the evil of complaining and murmuring against me. The Vulgate Latin version is,"ye shall know my vengeance;''and so the Septuagint,"ye shall know the fury of my anger''which give the sense, though not a literal version of the words.
John Wesley
14:34 Each day for a year - So there should have been forty years to come, but God was pleased mercifully to accept of the time past as a part of that time. Ye shall know my breach of promise - That as you have first broken the covenant between you and me, by breaking the conditions of it, so I will make it void on my part, by denying you the blessings promised in that covenant. So you shall see, that the breach of promise wherewith you charged me, lies at your door, and was forced from me by your perfidiousness.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:34 ye shall know my breach of promise--that is, in consequence of your violation of the covenant betwixt you and Me, by breaking the terms of it, it shall be null and void on My part, as I shall withhold the blessings I promised in that covenant to confer on you on condition of your obedience.
14:3514:35: Ե՛ս Տէր խօսեցայ. եթէ ո՞չ արարից ժողովրդեանդ այդմիկ չարի յարուցելոյ ՚ի վերայ իմ. յանապատի՛ աստ ծախիցին, եւ աստէ՛ն մեռանիցին։
35 Ես՝ Տէրս, ասել եմ, որ իմ դէմ դուրս եկած վատ ժողովրդի նկատմամբ այդպէս էլ կը վարուեմ: Նրանք այս անապատում պիտի հիւծուեն եւ այստեղ էլ պիտի մեռնեն”»:
35 Ես Տէրս ըսի, Ինծի դէմ հաւաքուած այդ բոլոր չար ժողովուրդին անշուշտ պիտի ընեմ այս բանը. անոնք այս անապատին մէջ պիտի սպառին ու հոն մեռնին։
Ես Տէր խօսեցայ, եթէ ոչ արարից ժողովրդեանդ այդմիկ չարի յարուցելոյ ի վերայ իմ. յանապատի աստ ծախիցին, եւ աստէն մեռանիցին:

14:35: Ե՛ս Տէր խօսեցայ. եթէ ո՞չ արարից ժողովրդեանդ այդմիկ չարի յարուցելոյ ՚ի վերայ իմ. յանապատի՛ աստ ծախիցին, եւ աստէ՛ն մեռանիցին։
35 Ես՝ Տէրս, ասել եմ, որ իմ դէմ դուրս եկած վատ ժողովրդի նկատմամբ այդպէս էլ կը վարուեմ: Նրանք այս անապատում պիտի հիւծուեն եւ այստեղ էլ պիտի մեռնեն”»:
35 Ես Տէրս ըսի, Ինծի դէմ հաւաքուած այդ բոլոր չար ժողովուրդին անշուշտ պիտի ընեմ այս բանը. անոնք այս անապատին մէջ պիտի սպառին ու հոն մեռնին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3535: Я, Господь, говорю, и так и сделаю со всем сим злым обществом, восставшим против Меня: в пустыне сей все они погибнут и перемрут.
14:35 ἐγὼ εγω I κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐλάλησα λαλεω talk; speak ἦ η or; than μὴν μην surely; certainly οὕτως ουτως so; this way ποιήσω ποιεω do; make τῇ ο the συναγωγῇ συναγωγη gathering τῇ ο the πονηρᾷ πονηρος harmful; malignant ταύτῃ ουτος this; he τῇ ο the ἐπισυνεσταμένῃ επισυνιστημι in; on ἐμέ εμε me ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness ταύτῃ ουτος this; he ἐξαναλωθήσονται εξαναλισκω and; even ἐκεῖ εκει there ἀποθανοῦνται αποθνησκω die
14:35 אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i יְהוָה֮ [yᵊhwāh] יְהוָה YHWH דִּבַּרְתִּי֒ dibbartˌî דבר speak אִם־ ʔim- אִם if לֹ֣א׀ lˈō לֹא not זֹ֣את zˈōṯ זֹאת this אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֗ה ʔˈeʕᵉśˈeh עשׂה make לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the עֵדָ֤ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering הָֽ hˈā הַ the רָעָה֙ rāʕˌā רַע evil הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this הַ ha הַ the נֹּועָדִ֖ים nnôʕāḏˌîm יעד appoint עָלָ֑י ʕālˈāy עַל upon בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּ֥ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֛ה zzˈeh זֶה this יִתַּ֖מּוּ yittˌammû תמם be complete וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁ֥ם šˌām שָׁם there יָמֻֽתוּ׃ yāmˈuṯû מות die
14:35. quoniam sicut locutus sum ita faciam omni multitudini huic pessimae quae consurrexit adversum me in solitudine hac deficiet et morieturFor as I have spoken, so will I do to all this wicked multitude, that hath risen up together against me: in this wilderness shall it faint away and die.
35. I the LORD have spoken, surely this will I do unto all this evil congregation, that are gathered together against me: in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall die.
14:35. For just as I have spoken, so shall I do, to this entire most wicked multitude, which has risen up together against me. In the wilderness, here shall it fade away and die.”
14:35. I the LORD have said, I will surely do it unto all this evil congregation, that are gathered together against me: in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall die.
I the LORD have said, I will surely do it unto all this evil congregation, that are gathered together against me: in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall die:

35: Я, Господь, говорю, и так и сделаю со всем сим злым обществом, восставшим против Меня: в пустыне сей все они погибнут и перемрут.
14:35
ἐγὼ εγω I
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐλάλησα λαλεω talk; speak
η or; than
μὴν μην surely; certainly
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
ποιήσω ποιεω do; make
τῇ ο the
συναγωγῇ συναγωγη gathering
τῇ ο the
πονηρᾷ πονηρος harmful; malignant
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
τῇ ο the
ἐπισυνεσταμένῃ επισυνιστημι in; on
ἐμέ εμε me
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
ἐξαναλωθήσονται εξαναλισκω and; even
ἐκεῖ εκει there
ἀποθανοῦνται αποθνησκω die
14:35
אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
יְהוָה֮ [yᵊhwāh] יְהוָה YHWH
דִּבַּרְתִּי֒ dibbartˌî דבר speak
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
לֹ֣א׀ lˈō לֹא not
זֹ֣את zˈōṯ זֹאת this
אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֗ה ʔˈeʕᵉśˈeh עשׂה make
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
עֵדָ֤ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
רָעָה֙ rāʕˌā רַע evil
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
הַ ha הַ the
נֹּועָדִ֖ים nnôʕāḏˌîm יעד appoint
עָלָ֑י ʕālˈāy עַל upon
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֥ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֛ה zzˈeh זֶה this
יִתַּ֖מּוּ yittˌammû תמם be complete
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁ֥ם šˌām שָׁם there
יָמֻֽתוּ׃ yāmˈuṯû מות die
14:35. quoniam sicut locutus sum ita faciam omni multitudini huic pessimae quae consurrexit adversum me in solitudine hac deficiet et morietur
For as I have spoken, so will I do to all this wicked multitude, that hath risen up together against me: in this wilderness shall it faint away and die.
14:35. For just as I have spoken, so shall I do, to this entire most wicked multitude, which has risen up together against me. In the wilderness, here shall it fade away and die.”
14:35. I the LORD have said, I will surely do it unto all this evil congregation, that are gathered together against me: in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall die.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:35: I will surely: Num 23:19
this evil: Num 14:27-29, Num 26:65; Co1 10:5, Co1 10:11; Heb 3:19
John Gill
14:35 I the Lord have said,.... Determined, resolved on doing what I have declared, and again repeat it; the decree is absolute and peremptory, and will never be revoked:
I will surely do it to all this evil congregation, that are gathered together against me; against his ministers, Moses the chief magistrate, and Aaron the high priest; and this is interpreted gathering, conspiring, and rebelling against the Lord himself, on account of which they might be truly called an evil congregation, and therefore it was a determined point with him to destroy them:
in this wilderness they shall be consumed; by wasting diseases:
and there they shall die; as they wished they might, Num 14:22; with respect to which this was so often repeated, Ex 16:3; and which the Jews interpret not only of a corporeal death, but of an eternal one; for they say (c)"the generation of the wilderness (of those that died there) have no part in the world to come, nor shall stand in judgment, as it is said, "in this wilderness", &c. Num 14:35.''
(c) Misn. Sanhedrin, c. 11. sect. 3.
14:3614:36: Եւ արքն զորս առաքեաց Մովսէս լրտեսել զերկիրն, եւ եկեալ բամբասեցին զնմանէ առ ժողովրդեանն, հանել համբա՛ւ չար զերկրէն.
36 Եւ այն մարդիկ, որոնց Մովսէսն ուղարկել էր երկիրը հետախուզելու, եւ որոնք, վերադառնալով, ժողովրդի մէջ չարախօսեցին այդ երկրի դէմ՝ վատ համբաւ տարածելով նրա մասին,
36 Եւ այն մարդիկը, որոնք Մովսէս ղրկեց այն երկիրը լրտեսելու, որոնք դարձան ու երկրին վրայով գէշ լուր հանելով բոլոր ժողովուրդը անոր դէմ տրտնջելու գրգռեցին,
Եւ արքն զորս առաքեաց Մովսէս լրտեսել զերկիրն եւ եկեալ բամբասեցին զնմանէ առ ժողովրդեանն` հանել համբաւ չար զերկրէն:

14:36: Եւ արքն զորս առաքեաց Մովսէս լրտեսել զերկիրն, եւ եկեալ բամբասեցին զնմանէ առ ժողովրդեանն, հանել համբա՛ւ չար զերկրէն.
36 Եւ այն մարդիկ, որոնց Մովսէսն ուղարկել էր երկիրը հետախուզելու, եւ որոնք, վերադառնալով, ժողովրդի մէջ չարախօսեցին այդ երկրի դէմ՝ վատ համբաւ տարածելով նրա մասին,
36 Եւ այն մարդիկը, որոնք Մովսէս ղրկեց այն երկիրը լրտեսելու, որոնք դարձան ու երկրին վրայով գէշ լուր հանելով բոլոր ժողովուրդը անոր դէմ տրտնջելու գրգռեցին,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3636: И те, которых посылал Моисей для осмотрения земли, и которые, возвратившись, возмутили против него все сие общество, распуская худую молву о земле,
14:36 καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἄνθρωποι ανθρωπος person; human οὓς ος who; what ἀπέστειλεν αποστελλω send off / away Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs κατασκέψασθαι κατασκεπτομαι the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even παραγενηθέντες παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along διεγόγγυσαν διαγογγυζω keep muttering κατ᾿ κατα down; by αὐτῆς αυτος he; him πρὸς προς to; toward τὴν ο the συναγωγὴν συναγωγη gathering ἐξενέγκαι εκφερω bring out / forth; carry out ῥήματα ρημα statement; phrase πονηρὰ πονηρος harmful; malignant περὶ περι about; around τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land
14:36 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ֣ hˈā הַ the אֲנָשִׁ֔ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] שָׁלַ֥ח šālˌaḥ שׁלח send מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לָ lā לְ to ת֣וּר ṯˈûr תור spy אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וַ wa וְ and יָּשֻׁ֗בוּ yyāšˈuvû שׁוב return וַו *wa וְ and יַּלִּ֤ינוּילונו *yyallˈînû לון murmur עָלָיו֙ ʕālāʸw עַל upon אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ֣ hˈā הַ the עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering לְ lᵊ לְ to הֹוצִ֥יא hôṣˌî יצא go out דִבָּ֖ה ḏibbˌā דִּבָּה evil report עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
14:36. igitur omnes viri quos miserat Moses ad contemplandam terram et qui reversi murmurare fecerant contra eum omnem multitudinem detrahentes terrae quod esset malaTherefore all the men, whom Moses had sent to view the land, and who at their return had made the whole multitude to murmur against him, speaking ill of the land that it was naught,
36. And the men, which Moses sent to spy out the land, who returned, and made all the congregation to murmur against him, by bringing up an evil report against the land,
14:36. Therefore, all the men, whom Moses had sent to contemplate the land, and who, having returned, had caused the entire multitude to murmur against him, disparaging the land as if it were evil,
14:36. And the men, which Moses sent to search the land, who returned, and made all the congregation to murmur against him, by bringing up a slander upon the land,
And the men, which Moses sent to search the land, who returned, and made all the congregation to murmur against him, by bringing up a slander upon the land:

36: И те, которых посылал Моисей для осмотрения земли, и которые, возвратившись, возмутили против него все сие общество, распуская худую молву о земле,
14:36
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἄνθρωποι ανθρωπος person; human
οὓς ος who; what
ἀπέστειλεν αποστελλω send off / away
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
κατασκέψασθαι κατασκεπτομαι the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
παραγενηθέντες παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along
διεγόγγυσαν διαγογγυζω keep muttering
κατ᾿ κατα down; by
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
πρὸς προς to; toward
τὴν ο the
συναγωγὴν συναγωγη gathering
ἐξενέγκαι εκφερω bring out / forth; carry out
ῥήματα ρημα statement; phrase
πονηρὰ πονηρος harmful; malignant
περὶ περι about; around
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
14:36
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
אֲנָשִׁ֔ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שָׁלַ֥ח šālˌaḥ שׁלח send
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לָ לְ to
ת֣וּר ṯˈûr תור spy
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וַ wa וְ and
יָּשֻׁ֗בוּ yyāšˈuvû שׁוב return
וַו
*wa וְ and
יַּלִּ֤ינוּילונו
*yyallˈînû לון murmur
עָלָיו֙ ʕālāʸw עַל upon
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
עֵדָ֔ה ʕēḏˈā עֵדָה gathering
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הֹוצִ֥יא hôṣˌî יצא go out
דִבָּ֖ה ḏibbˌā דִּבָּה evil report
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
14:36. igitur omnes viri quos miserat Moses ad contemplandam terram et qui reversi murmurare fecerant contra eum omnem multitudinem detrahentes terrae quod esset mala
Therefore all the men, whom Moses had sent to view the land, and who at their return had made the whole multitude to murmur against him, speaking ill of the land that it was naught,
14:36. Therefore, all the men, whom Moses had sent to contemplate the land, and who, having returned, had caused the entire multitude to murmur against him, disparaging the land as if it were evil,
14:36. And the men, which Moses sent to search the land, who returned, and made all the congregation to murmur against him, by bringing up a slander upon the land,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
36:Death of the Evil Spies.B. C. 1490.
36 And the men, which Moses sent to search the land, who returned, and made all the congregation to murmur against him, by bringing up a slander upon the land, 37 Even those men that did bring up the evil report upon the land, died by the plague before the LORD. 38 But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, which were of the men that went to search the land, lived still. 39 And Moses told these sayings unto all the children of Israel: and the people mourned greatly. 40 And they rose up early in the morning, and gat them up into the top of the mountain, saying, Lo, we be here, and will go up unto the place which the LORD hath promised: for we have sinned. 41 And Moses said, Wherefore now do ye transgress the commandment of the LORD? but it shall not prosper. 42 Go not up, for the LORD is not among you; that ye be not smitten before your enemies. 43 For the Amalekites and the Canaanites are there before you, and ye shall fall by the sword: because ye are turned away from the LORD, therefore the LORD will not be with you. 44 But they presumed to go up unto the hill top: nevertheless the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and Moses, departed not out of the camp. 45 Then the Amalekites came down, and the Canaanites which dwelt in that hill, and smote them, and discomfited them, even unto Hormah.
Here is, I. The sudden death of the ten evil spies. While the sentence was passing upon the people, before it was published, they died of the plague before the Lord, v. 36, 37. Now,
1. God hereby showed his particular displeasure against those who sinned and made Israel to sin. (1.) They sinned themselves, in bringing up a slander upon the land of promise. Note, Those greatly provoke God who misrepresent religion, cast reproach upon it, and raise prejudices in men's minds against it, or give occasion to those to do so who seek occasion. Those that represent the service of God as mean and despicable, melancholy and uncomfortable, hard and impracticable, needless and unprofitable, bring up an evil report upon the good land, pervert the right ways of the Lord, and in effect give him the lie. (2.) They made Israel to sin. They designedly made all the congregation murmur against God. Note, Ring-leaders in sin may expect to fall under particular marks of the wrath of God, who will severely reckon for the blood of souls, which is thus spilt.
2. God hereby showed what he could have done with the whole congregation, and gave an earnest of the execution of the sentence now passed upon them. He that thus cut off one of a tribe could have cut off their whole tribes suddenly, and would do it gradually. Note, The remarkable deaths of notorious sinners are earnests of the final perdition of ungodly men, 2 Pet. ii. 5, 6. Thus the wrath of God is revealed, that sinners may hear and fear.
II. The special preservation of Caleb and Joshua: They lived still, v. 38. It is probable that all the twelve spies stood together, for the eyes of all Israel were now upon them; and therefore it is taken notice of as very remarkable, and which could not but be affecting to the whole congregation, that when the ten evil spies fell down dead of the plague, a malignant infectious distemper, yet these two that stood among them lived, and were well. God hereby confirmed their testimony, and put those to confusion that spoke of stoning them. He likewise gave them an assurance of their continued preservation in the wilderness, when thousands should fall on their right hand and on their left, Ps. xci. 7. Death never misses his mark, nor takes any by oversight that were designed for life, though in the midst of those that were to die.
III. The publication of the sentence to all the people, v. 36. He told them all what the decree was which had gone forth concerning them, and which could not be reversed, that they must all die in the wilderness, and Canaan must be reserved for the next generation. It was a very great disappointment, we may well think, to Moses himself, who longed to be in Canaan, as well as to all the people; yet he acquiesced, but they wept and mourned greatly. The assurance which Moses had of God's being glorified by this sentence gave him satisfaction, while the consciousness of their own guilt, and their having procured it to themselves, gave them the greatest vexation. They wept for nothing (v. 1), and now they have cause given them to weep; so justly are murmurers made mourners. If they had mourned for the sin when they were faithfully reproved for it (v. 9), the sentence would have been prevented; but now that they mourned for the judgment only their grief came too late, and did them no service; they found no place for repentance, though they sought it carefully with tears, Heb. xii. 17. Such mourning as this there is in hell, but the tears will not quench the flames, no, nor cool the tongue.
IV. The foolish fruitless attempts of some of the Israelites to enter Canaan, notwithstanding the sentence.
1. They were now eager to go forward towards Canaan, v. 40. They were up early, mustered all their force, got together in a body, and begged of Moses to lead them on against the enemy, and now there is no more talk among them of making a captain to return into Egypt. They confess their fault: We have sinned; they profess reformation: Lo, we be here, and will go up. They now desire the land which they had despised, and put a confidence in the promise which they had distrusted. Thus when God judges he will overcome, and, first or last, will convince sinners of the evil of all their ungodly deeds, and hard speeches, and force them to recall their own words. But, though God was glorified by this recantation of theirs, they were not benefited by it, because it came too late. The decree had gone forth, the consumption was determined; they did not seek the Lord while he might be found, and now he would not be found. O, if men would but be as earnest for heaven while their day of grace lasts as they will be when it is over, would be as solicitous to provide themselves with oil while the bridegroom tarries as they will be when the bridegroom comes, how well were it for them!
2. Moses utterly disallows their motion, and forbids the expedition they were meditating: Go not up, v. 41-43. (1.) He gives them warning of the sin; it is transgressing the commandment of the Lord, who had expressly ordered them, when they did move, to move back towards the Red Sea. Note, That which has been duty, in its season, when it comes to be mistimed may be turned into sin. It is true the command he refers to was in the nature of a punishment, but he that has not obeyed the law is obliged to submit to the penalty, for the Lord is our Judge as well as Lawgiver. (2.) He gives them this warning of the danger: "It shall not prosper, never expect it." Note, It is folly to promise ourselves success in that which we undertake contrary to the mind of God. "The Canaanites are before you to attack you, and the Lord is not among you to protect you and fight for you, and therefore look to yourselves that you be not smitten before your enemies." Those that are out of the way of their duty are from under God's protection, and go at their peril. It is dangerous going where we cannot expect God should go along with us. Nay, he plainly foresees and foretels their defeat: You shall fall by the sword of the Amalekites and Canaanites (who were to have fallen by their sword); Because you are turned away from the Lord, from following the guidance of his precept and promise, therefore the Lord will not be with you. Note, God will certainly leave those that leave him; and those that are left of him lie exposed to all misery.
3. They venture notwithstanding. Never was people so perverse and so desperately resolved in every thing to walk contrary to God. God bade them go, and they would not; he forbade them, and they would. Thus is the carnal mind enmity to God: They presumed to go up unto the hill-top, v. 44. Here, (1.) They struggled against the sentence of divine justice, and would press on in defiance of it. (2.) They slighted the tokens of God's presence, for they would go though they left Moses and the ark of the covenant behind them. They had distrusted God's strength, and now they presume upon their own without his.
4. The expedition speeds accordingly, v. 45. The enemy had posted themselves upon the top of the hill, to make good that pass against the invaders, and, being informed by their scouts of their approach, sallied out upon them, and defeated them, and it is probable that many of the Israelites were killed. Now the sentence began to be executed that their carcases should fall in the wilderness. Note, That affair can never end well that begins with sin. The way to obtain peace with our friends, and success against our enemies, is to make God our friend, and keep ourselves in his love. The Jews, like these their ancestors, when they had rejected Christ's righteousness, attempted to establish their own, and it sped as this.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:36: Num 13:31-33
John Gill
14:36 And the men which Moses sent to search the land,.... Ten of them:
who returned; as they all did, who were sent to search it:
and made all the congregation to murmur against him; against, Moses that sent them; they murmured themselves, and made others murmur:
by bringing up a slander upon the land; that it ate up its inhabitants, and that the inhabitants of it were of such a stature, and so gigantic and strong, and dwelt in such walled cities, Num 13:28, that there was no probability of subduing them, Num 13:31.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:36 those men that did bring up the evil report upon the land, died by the plague before the Lord--Ten of the spies struck dead on the spot--either by the pestilence or some other judgment. This great and appalling mortality clearly betokened the hand of the Lord.
14:3714:37: մեռա՛ն արքն այնոքիկ՝ որ հանին համբաւ չա՛ր զերկրէն, չարաչա՛ր հարուածովք առաջի Տեառն։
37 Տիրոջ առաջ չարաչար մեռան:
37 Այն մարդիկը, որոնք այն երկրին վրայով գէշ լուր հանեցին, հարուածով մեռան Տէրոջը առջեւ։
մեռան արքն այնոքիկ որ հանին համբաւ չար զերկրէն` չարաչար հարուածովք առաջի Տեառն:

14:37: մեռա՛ն արքն այնոքիկ՝ որ հանին համբաւ չա՛ր զերկրէն, չարաչա՛ր հարուածովք առաջի Տեառն։
37 Տիրոջ առաջ չարաչար մեռան:
37 Այն մարդիկը, որոնք այն երկրին վրայով գէշ լուր հանեցին, հարուածով մեռան Տէրոջը առջեւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3737: сии, распустившие худую молву о земле, умерли, быв поражены пред Господом;
14:37 καὶ και and; even ἀπέθανον αποθνησκω die οἱ ο the ἄνθρωποι ανθρωπος person; human οἱ ο the κατείπαντες κατειπον down; by τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land πονηρὰ πονηρος harmful; malignant ἐν εν in τῇ ο the πληγῇ πληγη plague; stroke ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master
14:37 וַ wa וְ and יָּמֻ֨תוּ֙ yyāmˈuṯû מות die הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֲנָשִׁ֔ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man מֹוצִאֵ֥י môṣiʔˌê יצא go out דִבַּת־ ḏibbaṯ- דִּבָּה evil report הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth רָעָ֑ה rāʕˈā רַע evil בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מַּגֵּפָ֖ה mmaggēfˌā מַגֵּפָה blow לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
14:37. mortui sunt atque percussi in conspectu DominiDied and were struck in the sight of the Lord.
37. even those men that did bring up an evil report of the land, died by the plague before the LORD.
14:37. suffered death and were struck down in the sight of the Lord.
14:37. Even those men that did bring up the evil report upon the land, died by the plague before the LORD.
Even those men that did bring up the evil report upon the land, died by the plague before the LORD:

37: сии, распустившие худую молву о земле, умерли, быв поражены пред Господом;
14:37
καὶ και and; even
ἀπέθανον αποθνησκω die
οἱ ο the
ἄνθρωποι ανθρωπος person; human
οἱ ο the
κατείπαντες κατειπον down; by
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
πονηρὰ πονηρος harmful; malignant
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
πληγῇ πληγη plague; stroke
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
14:37
וַ wa וְ and
יָּמֻ֨תוּ֙ yyāmˈuṯû מות die
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֲנָשִׁ֔ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
מֹוצִאֵ֥י môṣiʔˌê יצא go out
דִבַּת־ ḏibbaṯ- דִּבָּה evil report
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
רָעָ֑ה rāʕˈā רַע evil
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מַּגֵּפָ֖ה mmaggēfˌā מַגֵּפָה blow
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
14:37. mortui sunt atque percussi in conspectu Domini
Died and were struck in the sight of the Lord.
14:37. suffered death and were struck down in the sight of the Lord.
14:37. Even those men that did bring up the evil report upon the land, died by the plague before the LORD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
37: Умерли, быв поражены внезапной смертью у порога скинии. «Смерть поразила соглядатаев прежде других, — замечает св. Ефр. Сир., — за то, что они заградили народу дверь обладания землей, столь для него желанной. (Заградив дверь земли обетованной) соглядатаи отверзли двери шеола для 600: 000: человек, которые сошли туда после них» (Толк. на кн. Чис., гл. XIV).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:37: Those men that did bring up the evil report died - Thus ten of the twelve that searched out the land were struck dead, by the justice of God, on the spot! Caleb, of the tribe of Judah, and Joshua, of the tribe of Ephraim, alone escaped, because they had followed God fully. Let preachers of God's word take heed how they straiten the way of salvation, or render, by unjust description, that way perplexed and difficult which God has made plain and easy.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:37: those men: Thus ten of the twelve who searched out the land were struck dead, by the justice of God, on the spot. In commemoration of this event, the Jews, to this day, celebrate a fast, on the seventh day of the month Elul.
died: Num 14:12, Num 16:49, Num 25:9; Jer 28:16, Jer 28:17, Jer 29:32; Co1 10:10; Heb 3:17; Jde 1:5
John Gill
14:37 Even those men that did bring up the evil report upon the land,.... They, and they only at this time:
died by the plague before the Lord; either by the pestilence immediately sent upon them by the Lord, or by a flash of lightning from him, or in some other way; however, by the immediate hand of God, and in his presence, being in the tabernacle of the congregation, Num 14:10; though the Jews differently relate the manner of their death; some say worms came out of their navels, and up to their jaws, and ate them and their tongues; and others that they came out of their tongues, and entered their navels, which they take to be a just retaliation for sinning with their tongues: and the time of their death they differ about; some say, as the Targum of Jonathan, that it was upon the seventh, and others that it was on the seventeenth of Elul or August they died (d).
(d) Schulchan Aruch, par. 1. c. 580. sect. 2. Shalshalet Hakabala, fol. 7. 2.
John Wesley
14:37 By the plague - Either by the pestilence, or by some other sudden and extraordinary judgment, sent from the cloud in which God dwelt, and from whence he spake to Moses, and wherein his glory at this time appeared before all the people, Num 14:10, who therefore were all, and these spies among the rest, before the Lord.
14:3814:38: Եւ Յեսո՛ւ որդի Նաւեայ՝ եւ Քաղէբ որդի Յեփոնեայ միա՛յն ապրեցան յարանցն յայնցանէ որ երթեալ էին լրտեսել զերկիրն։
38 Բոլոր այն մարդկանցից, որոնք գնացել էին այդ երկիրը հետախուզելու, փրկուեցին միայն Նաւէի որդի Յեսուն եւ Յեփոնէի որդի Քաղէբը:
38 Բայց Նաւէին որդին Յեսու եւ Յեփոնէին որդին Քաղէբ, որոնք երկիրը լրտեսելու գացող մարդոցմէն էին, ողջ մնացին»։
Եւ Յեսու որդի Նաւեայ եւ Քաղէբ որդի Յեփոնեայ միայն ապրեցան յարանցն յայնցանէ որ երթեալ էին լրտեսել զերկիրն:

14:38: Եւ Յեսո՛ւ որդի Նաւեայ՝ եւ Քաղէբ որդի Յեփոնեայ միա՛յն ապրեցան յարանցն յայնցանէ որ երթեալ էին լրտեսել զերկիրն։
38 Բոլոր այն մարդկանցից, որոնք գնացել էին այդ երկիրը հետախուզելու, փրկուեցին միայն Նաւէի որդի Յեսուն եւ Յեփոնէի որդի Քաղէբը:
38 Բայց Նաւէին որդին Յեսու եւ Յեփոնէին որդին Քաղէբ, որոնք երկիրը լրտեսելու գացող մարդոցմէն էին, ողջ մնացին»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3838: только Иисус, сын Навин, и Халев, сын Иефонниин, остались живы из тех мужей, которые ходили осматривать землю.
14:38 καὶ και and; even Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus υἱὸς υιος son Ναυη ναυη and; even Χαλεβ χαλεβ son Ιεφοννη ιεφοννη live; alive ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the ἀνθρώπων ανθρωπος person; human ἐκείνων εκεινος that τῶν ο the πεπορευμένων πορευομαι travel; go κατασκέψασθαι κατασκεπτομαι the γῆν γη earth; land
14:38 וִ wi וְ and יהֹושֻׁ֣עַ yhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son נ֔וּן nˈûn נוּן Nun וְ wᵊ וְ and כָלֵ֖ב ḵālˌēv כָּלֵב Caleb בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son יְפֻנֶּ֑ה yᵊfunnˈeh יְפֻנֶּה Jephunneh חָיוּ֙ ḥāyˌû חיה be alive מִן־ min- מִן from הָ hā הַ the אֲנָשִׁ֣ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man הָ hā הַ the הֵ֔ם hˈēm הֵם they הַֽ hˈa הַ the הֹלְכִ֖ים hōlᵊḵˌîm הלך walk לָ lā לְ to ת֥וּר ṯˌûr תור spy אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
14:38. Iosue autem filius Nun et Chaleb filius Iepphonne vixerunt ex omnibus qui perrexerant ad considerandam terramBut Josue the son of Nun, and Caleb had gone to view the land.
38. But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, remained alive of those men that went to spy out the land.
14:38. But only Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh remained alive, out of all those who had journeyed to examine the land.
14:38. But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, [which were] of the men that went to search the land, lived [still].
But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, [which were] of the men that went to search the land, lived:

38: только Иисус, сын Навин, и Халев, сын Иефонниин, остались живы из тех мужей, которые ходили осматривать землю.
14:38
καὶ και and; even
Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
υἱὸς υιος son
Ναυη ναυη and; even
Χαλεβ χαλεβ son
Ιεφοννη ιεφοννη live; alive
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
ἀνθρώπων ανθρωπος person; human
ἐκείνων εκεινος that
τῶν ο the
πεπορευμένων πορευομαι travel; go
κατασκέψασθαι κατασκεπτομαι the
γῆν γη earth; land
14:38
וִ wi וְ and
יהֹושֻׁ֣עַ yhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
בִּן־ bin- בֵּן son
נ֔וּן nˈûn נוּן Nun
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָלֵ֖ב ḵālˌēv כָּלֵב Caleb
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
יְפֻנֶּ֑ה yᵊfunnˈeh יְפֻנֶּה Jephunneh
חָיוּ֙ ḥāyˌû חיה be alive
מִן־ min- מִן from
הָ הַ the
אֲנָשִׁ֣ים ʔᵃnāšˈîm אִישׁ man
הָ הַ the
הֵ֔ם hˈēm הֵם they
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
הֹלְכִ֖ים hōlᵊḵˌîm הלך walk
לָ לְ to
ת֥וּר ṯˌûr תור spy
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
14:38. Iosue autem filius Nun et Chaleb filius Iepphonne vixerunt ex omnibus qui perrexerant ad considerandam terram
But Josue the son of Nun, and Caleb had gone to view the land.
14:38. But only Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh remained alive, out of all those who had journeyed to examine the land.
14:38. But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, [which were] of the men that went to search the land, lived [still].
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:38: Num 26:65; Jos 14:6-10
John Gill
14:38 But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh,.... Here Joshua is set first, as Caleb is in Num 14:30; which shows that they were equal in dignity, and therefore are indifferently put, sometimes the one first, and sometimes the other:
which were of the men that went to search the land; were two of the spies, and were for the tribes of Judah and Ephraim, Num 13:6,
lived still; were not stricken with death, when the other spies were; though perhaps upon the very spot, and in the same place, and among them, when they were struck dead; but these remained alive, and continued many years after, and entered the good land, and possessed it.
John Wesley
14:38 But Joshua and Caleb lived still - Death never misses his mark, nor takes any by oversight who are designed for life, tho' in the midst of those that are to die.
14:3914:39: Եւ խօսեցա՛ւ Մովսէս զպատգամս զայս առ ամենայն որդիսն Իսրայէլի, եւ սո՛ւգ առ ժողովուրդն յոյժ.
39 Մովսէսը բոլոր իսրայէլացիներին հաղորդեց Տիրոջ այս պատգամները, եւ ժողովուրդը մեծապէս սգաց:
39 Մովսէս այս խօսքերը Իսրայէլի բոլոր որդիներուն ըսաւ ու ժողովուրդը մեծ սուգ ըրաւ։
Եւ խօսեցաւ Մովսէս զպատգամս զայս առ ամենայն որդիսն Իսրայելի, եւ սուգ ա՛ռ ժողովուրդն յոյժ:

14:39: Եւ խօսեցա՛ւ Մովսէս զպատգամս զայս առ ամենայն որդիսն Իսրայէլի, եւ սո՛ւգ առ ժողովուրդն յոյժ.
39 Մովսէսը բոլոր իսրայէլացիներին հաղորդեց Տիրոջ այս պատգամները, եւ ժողովուրդը մեծապէս սգաց:
39 Մովսէս այս խօսքերը Իսրայէլի բոլոր որդիներուն ըսաւ ու ժողովուրդը մեծ սուգ ըրաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3939: И сказал Моисей слова сии пред всеми сынами Израилевыми, и народ сильно опечалился.
14:39 καὶ και and; even ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τὰ ο the ῥήματα ρημα statement; phrase ταῦτα ουτος this; he πρὸς προς to; toward πάντας πας all; every υἱοὺς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἐπένθησεν πενθεω sad ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
14:39 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֤ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the דְּבָרִ֣ים ddᵊvārˈîm דָּבָר word הָ hā הַ the אֵ֔לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole בְּנֵ֖י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וַ wa וְ and יִּֽתְאַבְּל֥וּ yyˈiṯʔabbᵊlˌû אבל mourn הָ hā הַ the עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people מְאֹֽד׃ mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
14:39. locutusque est Moses universa verba haec ad omnes filios Israhel et luxit populus nimisAnd Moses spoke all these words to all the children of Israel, and the people mourned exceedingly.
39. And Moses told these words unto all the children of Israel: and the people mourned greatly.
14:39. And Moses spoke all these words to all the sons of Israel, and the people mourned exceedingly.
14:39. And Moses told these sayings unto all the children of Israel: and the people mourned greatly.
And Moses told these sayings unto all the children of Israel: and the people mourned greatly:

39: И сказал Моисей слова сии пред всеми сынами Израилевыми, и народ сильно опечалился.
14:39
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τὰ ο the
ῥήματα ρημα statement; phrase
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
πρὸς προς to; toward
πάντας πας all; every
υἱοὺς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἐπένθησεν πενθεω sad
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
14:39
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֤ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak
מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
דְּבָרִ֣ים ddᵊvārˈîm דָּבָר word
הָ הַ the
אֵ֔לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
אֶֽל־ ʔˈel- אֶל to
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
בְּנֵ֖י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽתְאַבְּל֥וּ yyˈiṯʔabbᵊlˌû אבל mourn
הָ הַ the
עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people
מְאֹֽד׃ mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
14:39. locutusque est Moses universa verba haec ad omnes filios Israhel et luxit populus nimis
And Moses spoke all these words to all the children of Israel, and the people mourned exceedingly.
14:39. And Moses spoke all these words to all the sons of Israel, and the people mourned exceedingly.
14:39. And Moses told these sayings unto all the children of Israel: and the people mourned greatly.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:39: mourned greatly: Exo 33:4; Pro 19:3; Isa 26:16; Mat 8:12; Heb 12:17
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:39
(cf. Deut 1:41-44). The announcement of the sentence plunged the people into deep mourning. But instead of bending penitentially under the judgment of God, they resolved to atone for their error, by preparing the next morning to go to the top of the mountain and press forward into Canaan. And they would not even suffer themselves to be dissuaded from their enterprise by the entreaties of Moses, who denounced it as a transgression of the word of God which could not succeed, and predicted their overthrow before their enemies, but went presumptuously (לעלות יעפּלוּ) up without the ark of the covenant and without Moses, who did not depart out of the midst of the camp, and were smitten by the Amalekites and Canaanites, who drove them back as far as Hormah. Whereas at first they had refused to enter upon the conflict with the Canaanites, through their unbelief in the might of the promise of God, now, through unbelief in the severity of the judgment of God, they resolved to engage in this conflict by their own power, and without the help of God, and to cancel the old sin of unbelieving despair through the new sin of presumptuous self-confidence, - an attempt which could never succeed, but was sure to plunge deeper and deeper into misery. Where "the top (or height) of the mountain" to which the Israelites advanced was, cannot be precisely determined, as we have no minute information concerning the nature of the ground in the neighbourhood of Kadesh. No doubt the allusion is to some plateau on the northern border of the valley mentioned in Num 14:25, viz., the Wady Murreh, which formed the southernmost spur of the mountains of the Amorites, from which the Canaanites and Amalekites came against them, and drove them back. In Deut 1:44, Moses mentions the Amorites instead of the Amalekites and Canaanites, using the name in a broader sense for all the Canaanites, and contenting himself with naming the leading foes with whom the Amalekites who wandered about in the Negeb had allied themselves, as Bedouins thirsting for booty. These tribes came down (Num 14:45) from the height of the mountain to the lower plateau or saddle, which the Israelites had ascended, and smote them and יכּתוּם (from כּתת, with the reduplication of the second radical anticipated in the first: see Ewald, 193, c.), "discomfited them, as far as Hormah," or as Moses expressed it in Deut 1:44, They "chased you, as bees do" (which pursue with great ferocity any one who attacks or disturbs them), "and destroyed you in Seir, even unto Hormah." There is not sufficient ground for altering "in Seir" into "from Seir," as the lxx, Syriac, and Vulgate have done. But בּשׂעיר might signify "into Seir, as far as Hormah." As the Edomites had extended their territory at that time across the Arabah towards the west, and taken possession of a portion of the mountainous country which bounded the desert of Paran towards the north (see at Num 34:3), the Israelites, when driven back by them, might easily be chased into the territory of the Edomites. Hormah (i.e., the ban-place) is used here proleptically (see at Num 21:3).
John Gill
14:39 And Moses told these sayings unto all the children of Israel,.... That all that had murmured, who were of twenty years old and upwards, should die in the wilderness, and never see nor enter into the land of Canaan, on the borders of which they now were:
and the people mourned greatly; because of their unhappy case, that they should be cut off by death in the wilderness, and be deprived of the enjoyment of the good land; their sorrow seems to have been not a godly sorrow, or true repentance for sin committed, but a worldly sorrow that works death; it was not on account of the evil of sin, the pardon of which they did not seem to seek after, but on account of the evil that was likely to come to them by it.
John Wesley
14:39 And the people mourned greatly - But it was now too late. There was now no place for repentance. Such mourning as this there is in hell; but the tears will not quench the flames.
14:4014:40: եւ կանխեալ ընդ առաւօտն ելի՛ն ՚ի գլուխ լերինն. եւ ասեն. Ահաւասիկ կամք մեք՝ ելցուք ՚ի տեղին զոր ասաց Տէր՝ զի մեղաք։
40 Վաղ առաւօտեան վեր կենալով՝ մարդիկ բարձրացան լերան գագաթը եւ ասացին Մովսէսին. «Մենք, ահա, պատրաստ ենք գնալու այն տեղը, որ Տէրը խոստացել է մեզ, որովհետեւ մեղք ենք գործել»:
40 Եւ առտուն կանուխ լերանը գլուխը ելան՝ ըսելով. «Ահա մենք պատրաստ ենք եւ Տէրոջը ըսած տեղը պիտի ելլենք. վասն զի մեղք գործեցինք»։
Եւ կանխեալ ընդ առաւօտն ելին ի գլուխ լերինն եւ ասեն. Ահաւասիկ կամք մեք, ելցուք ի տեղին զոր ասաց Տէր, զի մեղաք:

14:40: եւ կանխեալ ընդ առաւօտն ելի՛ն ՚ի գլուխ լերինն. եւ ասեն. Ահաւասիկ կամք մեք՝ ելցուք ՚ի տեղին զոր ասաց Տէր՝ զի մեղաք։
40 Վաղ առաւօտեան վեր կենալով՝ մարդիկ բարձրացան լերան գագաթը եւ ասացին Մովսէսին. «Մենք, ահա, պատրաստ ենք գնալու այն տեղը, որ Տէրը խոստացել է մեզ, որովհետեւ մեղք ենք գործել»:
40 Եւ առտուն կանուխ լերանը գլուխը ելան՝ ըսելով. «Ահա մենք պատրաստ ենք եւ Տէրոջը ըսած տեղը պիտի ելլենք. վասն զի մեղք գործեցինք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:4040: И, встав рано поутру, пошли на вершину горы, говоря: вот, мы пойдем на то место, о котором сказал Господь, ибо мы согрешили.
14:40 καὶ και and; even ὀρθρίσαντες ορθριζω get up at dawn τὸ ο the πρωὶ πρωι early ἀνέβησαν αναβαινω step up; ascend εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the κορυφὴν κορυφη the ὄρους ορος mountain; mount λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am οἵδε οδε further; this ἡμεῖς ημεις we ἀναβησόμεθα αναβαινω step up; ascend εἰς εις into; for τὸν ο the τόπον τοπος place; locality ὃν ος who; what εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master ὅτι οτι since; that ἡμάρτομεν αμαρτανω sin
14:40 וַ wa וְ and יַּשְׁכִּ֣מוּ yyaškˈimû שׁכם rise early בַ va בְּ in † הַ the בֹּ֔קֶר bbˈōqer בֹּקֶר morning וַ wa וְ and יַּֽעֲל֥וּ yyˈaʕᵃlˌû עלה ascend אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to רֹאשׁ־ rōš- רֹאשׁ head הָ hā הַ the הָ֖ר hˌār הַר mountain לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say הִנֶּ֗נּוּ hinnˈennû הִנֵּה behold וְ wᵊ וְ and עָלִ֛ינוּ ʕālˈînû עלה ascend אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הַ ha הַ the מָּקֹ֛ום mmāqˈôm מָקֹום place אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָמַ֥ר ʔāmˌar אמר say יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that חָטָֽאנוּ׃ ḥāṭˈānû חטא miss
14:40. et ecce mane primo surgentes ascenderunt verticem montis atque dixerunt parati sumus ascendere ad locum de quo Dominus locutus est quia peccavimusAnd behold rising up very early in the morning, they went up to the top of the mountain, and said: We are ready to go up to the place, of which the Lord hath spoken: for we have sinned.
40. And they rose up early in the morning, and gat them up to the top of the mountain, saying, Lo, we be here, and will go up unto the place which the LORD hath promised: for we have sinned.
14:40. And behold, rising up at first light, they climbed to the top of the mountain, and they said, “We are prepared to ascend to the place, about which the Lord has spoken, for we have sinned.”
14:40. And they rose up early in the morning, and gat them up into the top of the mountain, saying, Lo, we [be here], and will go up unto the place which the LORD hath promised: for we have sinned.
And they rose up early in the morning, and gat them up into the top of the mountain, saying, Lo, we [be here], and will go up unto the place which the LORD hath promised: for we have sinned:

40: И, встав рано поутру, пошли на вершину горы, говоря: вот, мы пойдем на то место, о котором сказал Господь, ибо мы согрешили.
14:40
καὶ και and; even
ὀρθρίσαντες ορθριζω get up at dawn
τὸ ο the
πρωὶ πρωι early
ἀνέβησαν αναβαινω step up; ascend
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
κορυφὴν κορυφη the
ὄρους ορος mountain; mount
λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
οἵδε οδε further; this
ἡμεῖς ημεις we
ἀναβησόμεθα αναβαινω step up; ascend
εἰς εις into; for
τὸν ο the
τόπον τοπος place; locality
ὃν ος who; what
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἡμάρτομεν αμαρτανω sin
14:40
וַ wa וְ and
יַּשְׁכִּ֣מוּ yyaškˈimû שׁכם rise early
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
בֹּ֔קֶר bbˈōqer בֹּקֶר morning
וַ wa וְ and
יַּֽעֲל֥וּ yyˈaʕᵃlˌû עלה ascend
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
רֹאשׁ־ rōš- רֹאשׁ head
הָ הַ the
הָ֖ר hˌār הַר mountain
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
הִנֶּ֗נּוּ hinnˈennû הִנֵּה behold
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָלִ֛ינוּ ʕālˈînû עלה ascend
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הַ ha הַ the
מָּקֹ֛ום mmāqˈôm מָקֹום place
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָמַ֥ר ʔāmˌar אמר say
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
חָטָֽאנוּ׃ ḥāṭˈānû חטא miss
14:40. et ecce mane primo surgentes ascenderunt verticem montis atque dixerunt parati sumus ascendere ad locum de quo Dominus locutus est quia peccavimus
And behold rising up very early in the morning, they went up to the top of the mountain, and said: We are ready to go up to the place, of which the Lord hath spoken: for we have sinned.
14:40. And behold, rising up at first light, they climbed to the top of the mountain, and they said, “We are prepared to ascend to the place, about which the Lord has spoken, for we have sinned.”
14:40. And they rose up early in the morning, and gat them up into the top of the mountain, saying, Lo, we [be here], and will go up unto the place which the LORD hath promised: for we have sinned.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:40: We - will go up unto the place, etc. - They found themselves on the very borders of the land, and they heard God say they should not enter it, but should be consumed by a forty years' wandering in the wilderness; notwithstanding, they are determined to render vain this purpose of God, probably supposing that the temporary sorrow they felt for their late rebellion would be accepted as a sufficient atonement for their crimes. They accordingly went up, and were cut down by their enemies; and why? God went not with them. How vain is the counsel of man against the wisdom of God! Nature, poor, fallen human nature, is ever running into extremes. This miserable people, a short time ago, thought that though they had Omnipotence with them they could not conquer and possess the land! Now they imagine that though God himself go not with them, yet they shall be sufficient to drive out the inhabitants, and take possession of their country! Man is ever supposing he can either do all things or do nothing; he is therefore sometimes presumptuous, and at other times in despair. Who but an apostle, or one under the influence of the same Spirit, can say, I can do All Things Through Christ who strengtheneth me?
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:40: rose up: Deu 1:41; Ecc 9:3; Mat 7:21-23, Mat 26:11, Mat 26:12; Luk 13:25
for we have sinned: We are sensible of our sin, and repent of it; and are now ready to do as Caleb and Joshua exhorted us. Or, though we have sinned, yet we hope God will make good his promise.
Geneva 1599
14:40 And they rose up early in the morning, and gat them up into the top of the mountain, saying, Lo, we [be here], and will go up unto the place which the LORD hath promised: for we have (q) sinned.
(q) They confessed their sin in rebelling against God, but did not consider their offence in going up without God's commandment.
John Gill
14:40 And they rose up early in the morning,.... The next morning after they had heard the bad news of their consumption in the wilderness; not being able, perhaps, to sleep that night with the thoughts of it, and being now in a great haste to go up and possess the land of Canaan, as they were before to return to Egypt:
and gat them up into the top of the mountain; which was the way the spies went into the land of Canaan, Num 13:17; this they did not actually ascend, as appears from Num 14:44; but they determined upon it, and got themselves ready for it:
saying, lo, we be here; this they said either to one another, animating each other to engage in the enterprise; or to Moses and Joshua, signifying that they were ready to go up and possess the land, if they would put themselves at the head of them, and take the command and direction of them:
and will go up unto the place which the Lord hath promised: the land of Canaan:
for we have sinned; in not going up to possess it, when they were bid to go, and in listening to the spies that brought an ill report of it, and by murmuring against Moses and Aaron, and the Lord himself, and proposing to make them a captain and return to Egypt, Num 14:2, but this acknowledgment and repentance were not very sincere, by what follows.
John Wesley
14:40 Gat them up - Designed or prepared themselves to go up.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:40 they rose up early in the morning, and gat them up into the top of the mountain--Notwithstanding the tidings that Moses communicated and which diffused a general feeling of melancholy and grief throughout the camp, the impression was of very brief continuance. They rushed from one extreme of rashness and perversity to another, and the obstinacy of their rebellious spirit was evinced by their active preparations to ascend the hill, notwithstanding the divine warning they had received not to undertake that enterprise.
for we have sinned--that is, realizing our sin, we now repent of it, and are eager to do as Caleb and Joshua exhorted us--or, as some render it, though we have sinned, we trust God will yet give us the land of promise. The entreaties of their prudent and pious leader, who represented to them that their enemies, scaling the other side of the valley, would post themselves on the top of the hill before them, were disregarded. How strangely perverse the conduct of the Israelites, who, shortly before, were afraid that, though their Almighty King was with them, they could not get possession of the land; and yet now they act still more foolishly in supposing that, though God were not with them, they could expel the inhabitants by their unaided efforts. The consequences were such as might have been anticipated. The Amalekites and Canaanites, who had been lying in ambuscade expecting their movement, rushed down upon them from the heights and became the instruments of punishing their guilty rebellion.
14:4114:41: Եւ ասէ Մովսէս. Ընդէ՞ր անցէք զբանիւ Տեառն՝ եւ ո՛չ աջողեսցի ձեզ[1320]. [1320] Ոմանք. Ընդէ՞ր անցէք դուք զբանիւ։
41 Մովսէսը պատասխանեց. «Ինչո՞ւ զանց առաք Տիրոջ խօսքը: Դուք յաջողութիւն չէք ունենայ:
41 Բայց Մովսէս ըսաւ. «Ինչո՞ւ այդպէս Տէրոջը հրամանէն դուրս կ’ելլէք. այդ բանը պիտի չյաջողի։
Եւ ասէ Մովսէս. Ընդէ՞ր [228]անցէք զբանիւ Տեառն, եւ ոչ աջողեսցի ձեզ:

14:41: Եւ ասէ Մովսէս. Ընդէ՞ր անցէք զբանիւ Տեառն՝ եւ ո՛չ աջողեսցի ձեզ[1320].
[1320] Ոմանք. Ընդէ՞ր անցէք դուք զբանիւ։
41 Մովսէսը պատասխանեց. «Ինչո՞ւ զանց առաք Տիրոջ խօսքը: Դուք յաջողութիւն չէք ունենայ:
41 Բայց Մովսէս ըսաւ. «Ինչո՞ւ այդպէս Տէրոջը հրամանէն դուրս կ’ելլէք. այդ բանը պիտի չյաջողի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:4141: Моисей сказал: для чего вы преступаете повеление Господне? это будет безуспешно;
14:41 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἵνα ινα so; that τί τις.1 who?; what? ὑμεῖς υμεις you παραβαίνετε παραβαινω transgress; overstep τὸ ο the ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase κυρίου κυριος lord; master οὐκ ου not εὔοδα ευοδος be ὑμῖν υμιν you
14:41 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לָ֥מָּה lˌāmmā לָמָה why זֶּ֛ה zzˈeh זֶה this אַתֶּ֥ם ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you עֹבְרִ֖ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] פִּ֣י pˈî פֶּה mouth יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not תִצְלָֽח׃ ṯiṣlˈāḥ צלח be strong
14:41. quibus Moses cur inquit transgredimini verbum Domini quod vobis non cedet in prosperumAnd Moses said to them: Why transgress you the word of the Lord, which shall not succeed prosperously with you?
41. And Moses said, Wherefore now do ye transgress the commandment of the LORD, seeing it shall not prosper?
14:41. And Moses said to them: “Why do you transgress the word of the Lord, merely because it will not result in prosperity for you?
14:41. And Moses said, Wherefore now do ye transgress the commandment of the LORD? but it shall not prosper.
And Moses said, Wherefore now do ye transgress the commandment of the LORD? but it shall not prosper:

41: Моисей сказал: для чего вы преступаете повеление Господне? это будет безуспешно;
14:41
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἵνα ινα so; that
τί τις.1 who?; what?
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
παραβαίνετε παραβαινω transgress; overstep
τὸ ο the
ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
οὐκ ου not
εὔοδα ευοδος be
ὑμῖν υμιν you
14:41
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לָ֥מָּה lˌāmmā לָמָה why
זֶּ֛ה zzˈeh זֶה this
אַתֶּ֥ם ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
עֹבְרִ֖ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
פִּ֣י pˈî פֶּה mouth
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
תִצְלָֽח׃ ṯiṣlˈāḥ צלח be strong
14:41. quibus Moses cur inquit transgredimini verbum Domini quod vobis non cedet in prosperum
And Moses said to them: Why transgress you the word of the Lord, which shall not succeed prosperously with you?
14:41. And Moses said to them: “Why do you transgress the word of the Lord, merely because it will not result in prosperity for you?
14:41. And Moses said, Wherefore now do ye transgress the commandment of the LORD? but it shall not prosper.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:41: do ye: Num 14:25; Ch2 24:20
but it shall: Job 4:9; Jer 2:37, Jer 32:5
John Gill
14:41 And Moses said, Wherefore now do ye transgress the commandment of the Lord?.... Which was to turn back into the wilderness, and go the way that leads to the Red sea, Num 14:25; instead of which now they were for going forward into the land of Canaan, though averse to it just before:
but it shall not prosper; their attempt to enter into it.
14:4214:42: մի՛ ելանէք՝ զի ո՛չ է Տէր ընդ ձեզ, եւ անկանիցի՛ք առաջի թշնամեաց ձերոց.
42 Մի՛ գնացէք, որովհետեւ Տէրը ձեզ հետ չէ, դուք կ’ընկնէք ձեր թշնամիների ձեռքից:
42 Մի՛ ելլէք, (քանզի Տէրը ձեր մէջ չէ,) չըլլայ որ ձեր թշնամիներէն ջարդուիք.
Մի՛ ելանէք, զի ոչ է Տէր ընդ ձեզ, եւ անկանիցիք առաջի թշնամեաց ձերոց:

14:42: մի՛ ելանէք՝ զի ո՛չ է Տէր ընդ ձեզ, եւ անկանիցի՛ք առաջի թշնամեաց ձերոց.
42 Մի՛ գնացէք, որովհետեւ Տէրը ձեզ հետ չէ, դուք կ’ընկնէք ձեր թշնամիների ձեռքից:
42 Մի՛ ելլէք, (քանզի Տէրը ձեր մէջ չէ,) չըլլայ որ ձեր թշնամիներէն ջարդուիք.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:4242: не ходите, ибо нет среди вас Господа, чтобы не поразили вас враги ваши;
14:42 μὴ μη not ἀναβαίνετε αναβαινω step up; ascend οὐ ου not γάρ γαρ for ἐστιν ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even πεσεῖσθε πιπτω fall πρὸ προ before; ahead of προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of τῶν ο the ἐχθρῶν εχθρος hostile; enemy ὑμῶν υμων your
14:42 אַֽל־ ʔˈal- אַל not תַּעֲל֔וּ taʕᵃlˈû עלה ascend כִּ֛י kˈî כִּי that אֵ֥ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG] יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קִרְבְּכֶ֑ם qirbᵊḵˈem קֶרֶב interior וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹא֙ lˌō לֹא not תִּנָּ֣גְפ֔וּ tinnˈāḡᵊfˈû נגף hurt לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face אֹיְבֵיכֶֽם׃ ʔōyᵊvêḵˈem איב be hostile
14:42. nolite ascendere non enim est Dominus vobiscum ne corruatis coram inimicis vestrisGo not up, for the Lord is not with you: lest you fall before your enemies.
42. Go not up, for the LORD is not among you; that ye be not smitten down before your enemies.
14:42. Do not ascend, for the Lord is not with you, lest you be overthrown before your enemies.
14:42. Go not up, for the LORD [is] not among you; that ye be not smitten before your enemies.
Go not up, for the LORD [is] not among you; that ye be not smitten before your enemies:

42: не ходите, ибо нет среди вас Господа, чтобы не поразили вас враги ваши;
14:42
μὴ μη not
ἀναβαίνετε αναβαινω step up; ascend
οὐ ου not
γάρ γαρ for
ἐστιν ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
πεσεῖσθε πιπτω fall
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
τῶν ο the
ἐχθρῶν εχθρος hostile; enemy
ὑμῶν υμων your
14:42
אַֽל־ ʔˈal- אַל not
תַּעֲל֔וּ taʕᵃlˈû עלה ascend
כִּ֛י kˈî כִּי that
אֵ֥ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG]
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קִרְבְּכֶ֑ם qirbᵊḵˈem קֶרֶב interior
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹא֙ lˌō לֹא not
תִּנָּ֣גְפ֔וּ tinnˈāḡᵊfˈû נגף hurt
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
אֹיְבֵיכֶֽם׃ ʔōyᵊvêḵˈem איב be hostile
14:42. nolite ascendere non enim est Dominus vobiscum ne corruatis coram inimicis vestris
Go not up, for the Lord is not with you: lest you fall before your enemies.
14:42. Do not ascend, for the Lord is not with you, lest you be overthrown before your enemies.
14:42. Go not up, for the LORD [is] not among you; that ye be not smitten before your enemies.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:42: Deu 1:42; Jos 7:8, Jos 7:12; Psa 44:1, Psa 44:2-11
John Gill
14:42 Go not up, for the Lord is not among you,.... And therefore could not expect success, for victory is of the Lord; the Targum of Jonathan adds,"the ark, and the tabernacle, and the cloud of glory move not,''which were a plain indication that the Lord would not go with them, and therefore could not hope to prevail over their enemies and enter the land, but on the contrary might expect to be defeated by them, as follows:
that ye be not smitten before your enemies; of which they would be in great danger should they attempt to go up the hill, and the Lord not with them.
14:4314:43: զի Ամաղէկ եւ Քանանացին ե՛ն անդ առաջի ձեր, եւ անկանիցիք սրով. փոխանակ զի դարձայք յետս եւ հեստեցէք Տեառն, եւ ո՛չ լինիցի Տէր ընդ ձեզ։
43 Ամաղէկացիներն ու քանանացիները այնտեղ՝ ձեր առջեւն են, եւ դուք կ’ընկնէք նրանց սրից: Քանի որ հեռացաք Տիրոջից եւ նրան չանսացիք, Տէրը ձեզ հետ չի լինի»:
43 Վասն զի Ամաղեկացիներն ու Քանանացիները հոն ձեր առջեւ են եւ սրով պիտի իյնաք. դուք Տէրոջմէն ետ դառնալնուդ համար՝ Տէրը ձեզի հետ պիտի չըլլայ»։
զի Ամաղէկ եւ Քանանացին են անդ առաջի ձեր, եւ անկանիցիք սրով. փոխանակ զի դարձայք յետս եւ հեստեցէք Տեառն, եւ ոչ լինիցի Տէր ընդ ձեզ:

14:43: զի Ամաղէկ եւ Քանանացին ե՛ն անդ առաջի ձեր, եւ անկանիցիք սրով. փոխանակ զի դարձայք յետս եւ հեստեցէք Տեառն, եւ ո՛չ լինիցի Տէր ընդ ձեզ։
43 Ամաղէկացիներն ու քանանացիները այնտեղ՝ ձեր առջեւն են, եւ դուք կ’ընկնէք նրանց սրից: Քանի որ հեռացաք Տիրոջից եւ նրան չանսացիք, Տէրը ձեզ հետ չի լինի»:
43 Վասն զի Ամաղեկացիներն ու Քանանացիները հոն ձեր առջեւ են եւ սրով պիտի իյնաք. դուք Տէրոջմէն ետ դառնալնուդ համար՝ Տէրը ձեզի հետ պիտի չըլլայ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:4343: ибо Амаликитяне и Хананеи там пред вами, и вы падете от меча, потому что вы отступили от Господа, и не будет с вами Господа.
14:43 ὅτι οτι since; that ὁ ο the Αμαληκ αμαληκ and; even ὁ ο the Χαναναῖος χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos ἐκεῖ εκει there ἔμπροσθεν εμπροσθεν in front; before ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even πεσεῖσθε πιπτω fall μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword οὗ ος who; what εἵνεκεν ενεκα for the sake of; on account of ἀπεστράφητε αποστρεφω turn away; alienate ἀπειθοῦντες απειθεω obstinate κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἔσται ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐν εν in ὑμῖν υμιν you
14:43 כִּי֩ kˌî כִּי that הָ hā הַ the עֲמָלֵקִ֨י ʕᵃmālēqˌî עֲמָלֵקִי Amalekite וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the כְּנַעֲנִ֥י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˌî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite שָׁם֙ šˌām שָׁם there לִ li לְ to פְנֵיכֶ֔ם fᵊnêḵˈem פָּנֶה face וּ û וְ and נְפַלְתֶּ֖ם nᵊfaltˌem נפל fall בֶּ be בְּ in † הַ the חָ֑רֶב ḥˈārev חֶרֶב dagger כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon כֵּ֤ן kˈēn כֵּן thus שַׁבְתֶּם֙ šavtˌem שׁוב return מֵ mē מִן from אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹא־ lō- לֹא not יִהְיֶ֥ה yihyˌeh היה be יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH עִמָּכֶֽם׃ ʕimmāḵˈem עִם with
14:43. Amalechites et Chananeus ante vos sunt quorum gladio corruetis eo quod nolueritis adquiescere Domino nec erit Dominus vobiscumThe Amalecite and the Chanaanite are before you, and by their sword you shall fall, because you would not consent to the Lord, neither will the Lord be with you.
43. For there the Amalekite and the Canaanite are before you, and ye shall fall by the sword: because ye are turned back from following the LORD, therefore the LORD will not be with you.
14:43. The Amalekite and the Canaanite are before you, by whose sword you shall be ruined, for you were not willing to consent to the Lord, and so the Lord is not with you.”
14:43. For the Amalekites and the Canaanites [are] there before you, and ye shall fall by the sword: because ye are turned away from the LORD, therefore the LORD will not be with you.
For the Amalekites and the Canaanites [are] there before you, and ye shall fall by the sword: because ye are turned away from the LORD, therefore the LORD will not be with you:

43: ибо Амаликитяне и Хананеи там пред вами, и вы падете от меча, потому что вы отступили от Господа, и не будет с вами Господа.
14:43
ὅτι οτι since; that
ο the
Αμαληκ αμαληκ and; even
ο the
Χαναναῖος χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos
ἐκεῖ εκει there
ἔμπροσθεν εμπροσθεν in front; before
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
πεσεῖσθε πιπτω fall
μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword
οὗ ος who; what
εἵνεκεν ενεκα for the sake of; on account of
ἀπεστράφητε αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
ἀπειθοῦντες απειθεω obstinate
κυρίῳ κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἔσται ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐν εν in
ὑμῖν υμιν you
14:43
כִּי֩ kˌî כִּי that
הָ הַ the
עֲמָלֵקִ֨י ʕᵃmālēqˌî עֲמָלֵקִי Amalekite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
כְּנַעֲנִ֥י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˌî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite
שָׁם֙ šˌām שָׁם there
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵיכֶ֔ם fᵊnêḵˈem פָּנֶה face
וּ û וְ and
נְפַלְתֶּ֖ם nᵊfaltˌem נפל fall
בֶּ be בְּ in
הַ the
חָ֑רֶב ḥˈārev חֶרֶב dagger
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
כֵּ֤ן kˈēn כֵּן thus
שַׁבְתֶּם֙ šavtˌem שׁוב return
מֵ מִן from
אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
יִהְיֶ֥ה yihyˌeh היה be
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
עִמָּכֶֽם׃ ʕimmāḵˈem עִם with
14:43. Amalechites et Chananeus ante vos sunt quorum gladio corruetis eo quod nolueritis adquiescere Domino nec erit Dominus vobiscum
The Amalecite and the Chanaanite are before you, and by their sword you shall fall, because you would not consent to the Lord, neither will the Lord be with you.
14:43. The Amalekite and the Canaanite are before you, by whose sword you shall be ruined, for you were not willing to consent to the Lord, and so the Lord is not with you.”
14:43. For the Amalekites and the Canaanites [are] there before you, and ye shall fall by the sword: because ye are turned away from the LORD, therefore the LORD will not be with you.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:43: Num 14:25, Num 13:29; Lev 26:17; Deu 28:25
because: Jdg 16:20; Ch1 28:9; Ch2 15:2; Isa 63:10; Hos 9:12
John Gill
14:43 For the Amalekites and the Canaanites are there before you,.... Having removed from the valley, Num 14:25; or else had detached a party to defend the pass on the top of the mountain, and where perhaps they designed to feign a retreat if they found it proper, and draw them into a combat in the valley:
and ye shall fall by the sword: by the sword of the Amalekites and Canaanites:
because ye are turned away from the Lord: from the word of the Lord, from hearkening to and obeying his command:
therefore the Lord will not be with you; the consequence of which must be bad for them.
14:4414:44: Եւ անսաստեալ ելին ՚ի գլուխ լերինն. բայց տապանակ կտակարանացն Տեառն՝ եւ Մովսէս ո՛չ շարժեցան ՚ի բանակէ անտի։
44 Նրանք, սակայն, չլսեցին ու բարձրացան լերան գագաթը, բայց Տիրոջ ուխտի տապանակն ու Մովսէսը բանակատեղիից չշարժուեցին:
44 Բայց անոնք յամառութիւն ընելով՝ լերանը գլուխը ելան. սակայն Տէրոջը ուխտին տապանակն ու Մովսէս բանակատեղիէն չզատուեցան։
Եւ անսաստեալ ելին ի գլուխ լերինն. բայց տապանակ կտակարանացն Տեառն եւ Մովսէս ոչ շարժեցան ի բանակէ անտի:

14:44: Եւ անսաստեալ ելին ՚ի գլուխ լերինն. բայց տապանակ կտակարանացն Տեառն՝ եւ Մովսէս ո՛չ շարժեցան ՚ի բանակէ անտի։
44 Նրանք, սակայն, չլսեցին ու բարձրացան լերան գագաթը, բայց Տիրոջ ուխտի տապանակն ու Մովսէսը բանակատեղիից չշարժուեցին:
44 Բայց անոնք յամառութիւն ընելով՝ լերանը գլուխը ելան. սակայն Տէրոջը ուխտին տապանակն ու Մովսէս բանակատեղիէն չզատուեցան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:4444: Но они дерзнули подняться на вершину горы; ковчег же завета Господня и Моисей не оставляли стана.
14:44 καὶ και and; even διαβιασάμενοι διαβιαζομαι step up; ascend ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the κορυφὴν κορυφη the ὄρους ορος mountain; mount ἡ ο the δὲ δε though; while κιβωτὸς κιβωτος ark τῆς ο the διαθήκης διαθηκη covenant κυρίου κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs οὐκ ου not ἐκινήθησαν κινεω stir; shake ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
14:44 וַ wa וְ and יַּעְפִּ֕לוּ yyaʕpˈilû עפל be heedless לַ la לְ to עֲלֹ֖ות ʕᵃlˌôṯ עלה ascend אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to רֹ֣אשׁ rˈōš רֹאשׁ head הָ hā הַ the הָ֑ר hˈār הַר mountain וַ wa וְ and אֲרֹ֤ון ʔᵃrˈôn אֲרֹון ark בְּרִית־ bᵊrîṯ- בְּרִית covenant יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH וּ û וְ and מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לֹא־ lō- לֹא not מָ֖שׁוּ mˌāšû מושׁ depart מִ mi מִן from קֶּ֥רֶב qqˌerev קֶרֶב interior הַֽ hˈa הַ the מַּחֲנֶֽה׃ mmaḥᵃnˈeh מַחֲנֶה camp
14:44. at illi contenebrati ascenderunt in verticem montis arca autem testamenti Domini et Moses non recesserunt de castrisBut they being blinded went up to the top of the mountain. But the ark of the testament of the Lord and Moses departed not from the camp.
44. But they presumed to go up to the top of the mountain: nevertheless the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and Moses, departed not out of the camp.
14:44. But they, having been darkened, ascended to the top of the mountain. But the ark of the testament of the Lord, and Moses, did not withdraw from the camp.
14:44. But they presumed to go up unto the hill top: nevertheless the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and Moses, departed not out of the camp.
But they presumed to go up unto the hill top: nevertheless the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and Moses, departed not out of the camp:

44: Но они дерзнули подняться на вершину горы; ковчег же завета Господня и Моисей не оставляли стана.
14:44
καὶ και and; even
διαβιασάμενοι διαβιαζομαι step up; ascend
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
κορυφὴν κορυφη the
ὄρους ορος mountain; mount
ο the
δὲ δε though; while
κιβωτὸς κιβωτος ark
τῆς ο the
διαθήκης διαθηκη covenant
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
οὐκ ου not
ἐκινήθησαν κινεω stir; shake
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
14:44
וַ wa וְ and
יַּעְפִּ֕לוּ yyaʕpˈilû עפל be heedless
לַ la לְ to
עֲלֹ֖ות ʕᵃlˌôṯ עלה ascend
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
רֹ֣אשׁ rˈōš רֹאשׁ head
הָ הַ the
הָ֑ר hˈār הַר mountain
וַ wa וְ and
אֲרֹ֤ון ʔᵃrˈôn אֲרֹון ark
בְּרִית־ bᵊrîṯ- בְּרִית covenant
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וּ û וְ and
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
מָ֖שׁוּ mˌāšû מושׁ depart
מִ mi מִן from
קֶּ֥רֶב qqˌerev קֶרֶב interior
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
מַּחֲנֶֽה׃ mmaḥᵃnˈeh מַחֲנֶה camp
14:44. at illi contenebrati ascenderunt in verticem montis arca autem testamenti Domini et Moses non recesserunt de castris
But they being blinded went up to the top of the mountain. But the ark of the testament of the Lord and Moses departed not from the camp.
14:44. But they, having been darkened, ascended to the top of the mountain. But the ark of the testament of the Lord, and Moses, did not withdraw from the camp.
14:44. But they presumed to go up unto the hill top: nevertheless the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and Moses, departed not out of the camp.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:44: they presumed: This miserable people a short time ago, thought that, though Omnipotence was with them, they could not conquer and possess the land! Now they imagine, that though God himself go not with them, yet they shall be sufficient to drive out the inhabitants, and take possession of their country! Man is ever supposing he can do all things, or do nothing. he is therefore sometimes presumptuous, and at other times in despair. Num 15:30; Deu 1:43
the ark: Num 10:33; Sa1 4:3-11
Geneva 1599
14:44 But they (r) presumed to go up unto the hill top: nevertheless the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and Moses, departed not out of the camp.
(r) They could not be stayed by any means.
John Gill
14:44 But they presumed to go up unto the hill top,.... In a bold, audacious, and presumptuous manner; they attempted to go up to the top of the hill, notwithstanding the remonstrances of Moses against it, and the danger they would be exposed unto; but withdrawing themselves from God and his ministers, and lifted up in themselves, and confident of their own strength, ventured on this rash enterprise: the Vulgate Latin version is, "being darkened they went up": either having their understandings darkened, and being given up to a judicial blindness and hardness of heart; or else they went up in the morning while it was dark, before daylight; which latter sense is favoured by the Targum of Jonathan,"and they girded (or armed) themselves in the dark, before the morning light;''and the former by an ancient exposition, called Tanchuma, mentioned by Jarchi,"they went obscure (as it were in the dark) because without leave:"
nevertheless the ark of the covenant of the Lord, and Moses, departed not out of the camp; the cloud not being taken up, but abiding on the tabernacle, which was the signal for resting, both for the ark, and for the camp, the Kohathites did not move with the ark: the Jews (e) have a notion, that there were two arks which went with Israel in the wilderness, one in which the law was put, and another in which the broken pieces of the tables were left; that in which the law was, was placed in the tabernacle of the congregation, and of this it is written, "the ark of the covenant of the Lord, and Moses, departed not", &c. but that in which the broken pieces of the tables were, went in and out with them: but this does not clearly appear; and it is highly probable no ark went with them at this time; nor did Moses, the leader and commander of the people, stir from the camp of the Levites; wherefore it was a bold and hazardous undertaking the other camps engaged in without God going with them, and their general before them, or Joshua his minister; for if one did not go, the same may be concluded of the other.
(e) T. Hieros. Sotah, fol. 22. 2.
14:4514:45: Էջ Ամաղէկ եւ Քանանացին՝ որ բնակեալ էր ՚ի լերինն. եւ հարին զնոսա, եւ կոտորեցի՛ն զնոսա մինչեւ ցՀերմա։
45 Լերան վրայ բնակուող ամաղէկացիներն ու քանանացիները իջան, հարուածելով սրակոտոր արեցին նրանց՝ հետապնդելով մինչեւ Հերմա:
45 Այն ատեն այն լերանը վրայ բնակող Ամաղեկացիներն ու Քանանացիները իջան եւ զարկին զանոնք ու հալածեցին զանոնք մինչեւ Հօրմա։
Էջ Ամաղէկ եւ Քանանացին որ բնակեալ էր ի լերինն, եւ հարին զնոսա եւ կոտորեցին զնոսա մինչեւ ցՀերմա:

14:45: Էջ Ամաղէկ եւ Քանանացին՝ որ բնակեալ էր ՚ի լերինն. եւ հարին զնոսա, եւ կոտորեցի՛ն զնոսա մինչեւ ցՀերմա։
45 Լերան վրայ բնակուող ամաղէկացիներն ու քանանացիները իջան, հարուածելով սրակոտոր արեցին նրանց՝ հետապնդելով մինչեւ Հերմա:
45 Այն ատեն այն լերանը վրայ բնակող Ամաղեկացիներն ու Քանանացիները իջան եւ զարկին զանոնք ու հալածեցին զանոնք մինչեւ Հօրմա։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:4545: И сошли Амаликитяне и Хананеи, живущие на горе той, и разбили их, и гнали их до Хормы.
14:45 καὶ και and; even κατέβη καταβαινω step down; descend ὁ ο the Αμαληκ αμαληκ and; even ὁ ο the Χαναναῖος χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos ὁ ο the ἐγκαθήμενος εγκαθημαι in τῷ ο the ὄρει ορος mountain; mount ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that καὶ και and; even ἐτρέψαντο τρεπω he; him καὶ και and; even κατέκοψαν κατακοπτω cut down / up αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ἕως εως till; until Ερμαν ερμαν and; even ἀπεστράφησαν αποστρεφω turn away; alienate εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the παρεμβολήν παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
14:45 וַ wa וְ and יֵּ֤רֶד yyˈēreḏ ירד descend הָ hā הַ the עֲמָלֵקִי֙ ʕᵃmālēqˌî עֲמָלֵקִי Amalekite וְ wᵊ וְ and הַֽ hˈa הַ the כְּנַעֲנִ֔י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˈî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite הַ ha הַ the יֹּשֵׁ֖ב yyōšˌēv ישׁב sit בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the הָ֣ר hˈār הַר mountain הַ ha הַ the ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he וַ wa וְ and יַּכּ֥וּם yyakkˌûm נכה strike וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּכְּת֖וּם yyakkᵊṯˌûm כתת crush עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto הַֽ hˈa הַ the חָרְמָֽה׃ פ ḥormˈā . f חָרְמָה Hormah
14:45. descenditque Amalechites et Chananeus qui habitabant in monte et percutiens eos atque concidens persecutus est usque HormaAnd the Amalecite came down, and the Chanaanite that dwelt in the mountain: and smiting and slaying them pursued them as far as Horma.
45. Then the Amalekite came down, and the Canaanite which dwelt in that mountain, and smote them and beat them down, even unto Hormah.
14:45. And the Amalekites descended, along with those Canaanites who were living in the mountains. And so, striking and cutting them down, they pursued them all the way to Hormah.
14:45. Then the Amalekites came down, and the Canaanites which dwelt in that hill, and smote them, and discomfited them, [even] unto Hormah.
Then the Amalekites came down, and the Canaanites which dwelt in that hill, and smote them, and discomfited them, [even] unto Hormah:

45: И сошли Амаликитяне и Хананеи, живущие на горе той, и разбили их, и гнали их до Хормы.
14:45
καὶ και and; even
κατέβη καταβαινω step down; descend
ο the
Αμαληκ αμαληκ and; even
ο the
Χαναναῖος χαναναιος Chananaios; Khananeos
ο the
ἐγκαθήμενος εγκαθημαι in
τῷ ο the
ὄρει ορος mountain; mount
ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that
καὶ και and; even
ἐτρέψαντο τρεπω he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατέκοψαν κατακοπτω cut down / up
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ἕως εως till; until
Ερμαν ερμαν and; even
ἀπεστράφησαν αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
παρεμβολήν παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
14:45
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּ֤רֶד yyˈēreḏ ירד descend
הָ הַ the
עֲמָלֵקִי֙ ʕᵃmālēqˌî עֲמָלֵקִי Amalekite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
כְּנַעֲנִ֔י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˈî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּשֵׁ֖ב yyōšˌēv ישׁב sit
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
הָ֣ר hˈār הַר mountain
הַ ha הַ the
ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he
וַ wa וְ and
יַּכּ֥וּם yyakkˌûm נכה strike
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּכְּת֖וּם yyakkᵊṯˌûm כתת crush
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
חָרְמָֽה׃ פ ḥormˈā . f חָרְמָה Hormah
14:45. descenditque Amalechites et Chananeus qui habitabant in monte et percutiens eos atque concidens persecutus est usque Horma
And the Amalecite came down, and the Chanaanite that dwelt in the mountain: and smiting and slaying them pursued them as far as Horma.
14:45. And the Amalekites descended, along with those Canaanites who were living in the mountains. And so, striking and cutting them down, they pursued them all the way to Hormah.
14:45. Then the Amalekites came down, and the Canaanites which dwelt in that hill, and smote them, and discomfited them, [even] unto Hormah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
45: Хорма — столичный город одного из ханаанских князей в Негебе, севернее Кадеса. Прежде Хорма назывался Цефаер (Суд I:17). Позднейшее название (Хорма) придано месту тогда, когда евреи предавали заклятию города Ханаана (Чис XXI:3; Суд I:17).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:45: Unto Hormah - literally, "the Hormah:" i. e. "the banning," or "ban-place." Compare Num 21:3; Jos 12:14. According to the view taken of Kadesh (see Num 13:26), Hormah is identified, through its earlier name, Zephath Jdg 1:17, with es-Safah on the southeastern frontier of Canaan, by which the Israelites quitted the Arabah for the higher ground, (or with Sebaita, which lies further to the west, about 25 miles north of Ain Gadis).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:45: the Amalekites: Num 14:43; Exo 17:16; Deu 1:44, Deu 32:30; Jos 7:5, Jos 7:11, Jos 7:12
Hormah: Num 21:3; Jdg 1:17
John Gill
14:45 Then the Amalekites came down,.... The hill; met the Israelites as they ascended: and the Canaanites which dwelt in that hill; the same with the Amorites, one of the seven nations of Canaan, Num 13:29,
and smote them; with the sword, having the advantage of them in coming down the hill upon them:
and discomfited them even unto Hormah; the name of a place, so called from what happened there; as Jarchi says; either from this destruction of the Israelites at this time by these their enemies, or from the destruction of the Canaanites by Israel, Num 21:4; and so here has its name by anticipation; or it may be from both these events, and seems to be confirmed by a third of the like kind, having been in former times called Zephath, Judg 1:17; see Josh 15:30; though some take it to be an appellative here, and not the proper name of a place, and render it even unto destruction, as the Targum of Jonathan, denoting the very great destruction and havoc that were made among them: how many were destroyed is not certain; the judgment threatened them of God soon began to take place, that their carcasses should fall in that wilderness.
John Wesley
14:45 The Canaanites - Largely so called, but strictly the Amorites. Hormah - A place so called afterwards, Num 21:3, from the slaughter or destruction of the lsraelites at this time.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:45 even unto Hormah--The name was afterwards given to that place in memory of the immense slaughter of the Israelites on this occasion.
14:4614:46: Եւ դարձա՛ն անդրէն ՚ի բանակն։
46 Վերապրածները վերադարձան բանակատեղի:
[229]Եւ դարձան անդրէն ի բանակն:

14:46: Եւ դարձա՛ն անդրէն ՚ի բանակն։
46 Վերապրածները վերադարձան բանակատեղի:
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:46
missing verse:

undefined
ru▾